1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr, S); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1093 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1094 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1095 return Result; 1096 } 1097 1098 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1099 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1100 } 1101 1102 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1103 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1104 /// 1105 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1106 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1107 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1108 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1109 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1110 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1111 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1112 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1113 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1114 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1115 // namespace. 1116 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1117 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1118 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1119 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1120 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1121 1122 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1123 1124 #ifndef NDEBUG 1125 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1126 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1127 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1128 #endif 1129 1130 CurContext = DC; 1131 S->setEntity(DC); 1132 } 1133 1134 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1135 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1136 1137 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1138 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1139 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1140 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1141 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1142 1143 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1144 // disappear. 1145 } 1146 1147 1148 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1149 // We assume that the caller has already called 1150 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1151 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1152 if (!FD) 1153 return; 1154 1155 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1156 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1157 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1158 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1159 CurContext = FD; 1160 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1161 1162 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1163 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1164 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1165 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1166 S->AddDecl(Param); 1167 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1168 } 1169 } 1170 } 1171 1172 1173 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1174 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1175 // rather than the top-level class. 1176 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1177 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1178 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1179 } 1180 1181 1182 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1183 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1184 /// 1185 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1186 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1187 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1188 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1189 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1190 /// attribute. 1191 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1192 ASTContext &Context) { 1193 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1194 return true; 1195 1196 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1197 return true; 1198 1199 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1200 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1201 } 1202 1203 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1204 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1205 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1206 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1207 // scope. 1208 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1209 S = S->getParent(); 1210 1211 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1212 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1213 // into any context. 1214 if (AddToContext) 1215 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1216 1217 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1218 // are function-local declarations. 1219 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1220 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1221 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1222 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1223 return; 1224 1225 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1226 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1227 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1228 return; 1229 1230 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1231 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1232 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1233 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1234 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1235 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1236 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1237 1238 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1239 break; 1240 } 1241 } 1242 1243 S->AddDecl(D); 1244 1245 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1246 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1247 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1248 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1249 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1250 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1251 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1252 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1253 continue; 1254 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1255 break; 1256 } 1257 1258 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1259 } else { 1260 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1265 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1266 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1267 } 1268 1269 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1270 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1271 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1272 } 1273 1274 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1275 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1276 do { 1277 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1278 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1279 return S; 1280 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1281 1282 return nullptr; 1283 } 1284 1285 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1286 DeclContext*, 1287 ASTContext&); 1288 1289 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1290 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1291 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1292 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1293 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1294 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1295 while (F.hasNext()) { 1296 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1297 1298 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1299 continue; 1300 1301 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1302 continue; 1303 1304 F.erase(); 1305 } 1306 1307 F.done(); 1308 } 1309 1310 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1311 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1312 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1313 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1314 } 1315 1316 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1317 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1318 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1319 while (F.hasNext()) 1320 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1321 F.erase(); 1322 1323 F.done(); 1324 } 1325 1326 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1327 /// @code 1328 /// class S { 1329 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1330 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1331 /// }; 1332 /// @endcode 1333 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1334 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1335 // the decl here. 1336 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1337 return false; 1338 1339 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1340 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1341 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1342 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1343 return false; 1344 } 1345 1346 // We need this to handle 1347 // 1348 // typedef struct { 1349 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1350 // } A; 1351 // 1352 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1353 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1354 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1355 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1356 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1357 // not. 1358 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1359 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1360 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1361 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1362 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1363 return true; 1364 } 1365 DC = DC->getParent(); 1366 } 1367 1368 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1369 } 1370 1371 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1372 // these semantics. 1373 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1374 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1375 return false; 1376 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1377 } 1378 1379 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1380 assert(D); 1381 1382 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1383 return false; 1384 1385 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1386 // of members of class templates. 1387 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1388 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1389 return false; 1390 1391 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1392 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1393 return false; 1394 1395 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1396 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1397 return false; 1398 } else { 1399 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1400 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1401 return false; 1402 } 1403 1404 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1405 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1406 return false; 1407 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1408 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1409 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1410 // like "inline".) 1411 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1412 return false; 1413 1414 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1415 return false; 1416 1417 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1418 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1419 return false; 1420 } else { 1421 return false; 1422 } 1423 1424 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1425 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1426 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1427 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1428 } 1429 1430 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1431 if (!D) 1432 return; 1433 1434 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1435 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1436 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1437 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1438 } 1439 1440 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1441 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1442 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1443 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1444 } 1445 1446 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1447 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1448 } 1449 1450 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1451 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1455 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1456 return false; 1457 1458 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1459 return true; 1460 1461 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1462 // functions. 1463 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1464 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1465 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1466 WithinFunction = 1467 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1468 if (!WithinFunction) 1469 return false; 1470 1471 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1472 return true; 1473 1474 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1475 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1479 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1480 1481 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1482 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1483 1484 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1485 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1486 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1487 return false; 1488 } 1489 1490 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1491 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1492 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1493 return false; 1494 1495 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1496 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1497 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1498 return false; 1499 1500 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1501 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1502 return false; 1503 1504 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1505 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1506 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1507 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1508 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1509 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1510 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1511 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1512 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1513 return false; 1514 } 1515 } 1516 } 1517 } 1518 1519 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1520 } 1521 1522 return true; 1523 } 1524 1525 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1526 FixItHint &Hint) { 1527 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1528 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1529 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1530 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1531 return; 1532 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1533 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1534 } 1535 return; 1536 } 1537 1538 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1539 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1540 return; 1541 1542 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1543 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1545 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1546 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 1550 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1551 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1552 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1553 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1554 return; 1555 1556 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1557 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1558 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1559 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1560 return; 1561 } 1562 1563 FixItHint Hint; 1564 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1565 1566 unsigned DiagID; 1567 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1569 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1571 else 1572 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1573 1574 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1575 } 1576 1577 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1578 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1579 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1580 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1581 // MS inline assembly label name. 1582 bool Diagnose = false; 1583 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1584 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1585 else 1586 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1587 if (Diagnose) 1588 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1589 } 1590 1591 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1592 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1593 1594 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1595 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1596 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1597 1598 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1599 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1600 1601 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1602 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1603 1604 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1605 1606 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1607 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1608 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1609 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1610 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1611 } 1612 1613 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1614 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1615 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1616 1617 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1618 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1619 } 1620 } 1621 1622 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1623 /// 1624 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1625 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1626 /// to the fixed name. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1629 /// 1630 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1631 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1632 /// 1633 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1634 /// class could not be found. 1635 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1636 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1637 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1638 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1639 // creation from this context. 1640 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1641 1642 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1643 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1644 // find an Objective-C class name. 1645 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1646 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1647 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1648 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1649 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1650 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1651 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1652 } 1653 } 1654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1655 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1656 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1657 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1658 return Def; 1659 } 1660 1661 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1662 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1663 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1664 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1665 /// ill-formed in C++: 1666 /// @code 1667 /// struct S6 { 1668 /// enum { BAR } e; 1669 /// }; 1670 /// 1671 /// void test_S6() { 1672 /// struct S6 a; 1673 /// a.e = BAR; 1674 /// } 1675 /// @endcode 1676 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1677 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1678 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1679 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1680 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1681 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1682 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1683 /// contain non-field names. 1684 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1685 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1686 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1687 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1688 S = S->getParent(); 1689 return S; 1690 } 1691 1692 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1693 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1694 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1695 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1696 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1697 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1698 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1699 return; 1700 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1701 1702 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1703 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1704 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1705 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1706 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1707 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1708 } 1709 1710 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1711 switch (Error) { 1712 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1713 return ""; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1715 return "stdio.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1717 return "setjmp.h"; 1718 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1719 return "ucontext.h"; 1720 } 1721 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1722 } 1723 1724 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1725 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1726 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1727 /// built-in. 1728 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1729 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1730 SourceLocation Loc) { 1731 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1732 1733 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1734 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1735 if (Error) { 1736 if (ForRedeclaration) 1737 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1738 << getHeaderName(Error) << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1739 return nullptr; 1740 } 1741 1742 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1743 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1744 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2276 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2277 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2278 2279 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2280 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2281 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2282 --E; 2283 continue; 2284 } 2285 } else { 2286 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2287 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2288 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2289 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2290 : diag::err_redefinition; 2291 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2292 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2293 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2294 } 2295 ++I; 2296 continue; 2297 } 2298 2299 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2300 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2301 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2302 ++I; 2303 continue; 2304 } 2305 } 2306 2307 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2308 ++I; 2309 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2310 } 2311 2312 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2313 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2314 ++I; 2315 continue; 2316 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2317 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2318 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2319 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2320 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2321 // equivalent alignment. 2322 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2323 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2324 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2325 // have no alignment specifier. 2326 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2327 << AA; 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2329 << AA; 2330 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2331 --E; 2332 continue; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2337 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2338 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2339 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2340 --E; 2341 } 2342 } 2343 2344 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2345 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2346 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2347 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2348 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2349 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2350 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2351 } 2352 2353 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2354 return; 2355 2356 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2357 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2358 2359 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2360 return; 2361 2362 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2363 2364 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2365 // we process them. 2366 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2367 2368 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2369 bool Override = false; 2370 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2371 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2372 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2373 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2374 switch (AMK) { 2375 case AMK_None: 2376 continue; 2377 2378 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2379 break; 2380 2381 case AMK_Override: 2382 Override = true; 2383 break; 2384 } 2385 } 2386 2387 // Already handled. 2388 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2389 continue; 2390 2391 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2392 foundAny = true; 2393 } 2394 2395 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2396 foundAny = true; 2397 2398 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2399 } 2400 2401 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2402 /// to the new one. 2403 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2404 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2405 Sema &S) { 2406 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2407 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2408 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2409 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2410 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2411 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2412 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2413 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2415 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2416 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2417 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2418 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2419 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2420 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2421 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2422 } 2423 2424 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2425 return; 2426 2427 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2428 2429 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2430 // done before we process them. 2431 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2432 2433 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2434 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2435 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2436 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2437 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2438 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2439 foundAny = true; 2440 } 2441 } 2442 2443 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2444 } 2445 2446 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2447 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2448 Sema &S) { 2449 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2450 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2451 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2452 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2453 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2454 *Newnullability, 2455 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2456 != 0)) 2457 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2458 *Oldnullability, 2459 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2460 != 0)); 2461 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2462 } 2463 } else { 2464 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2465 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2466 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2467 NewT, NewT); 2468 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2469 } 2470 } 2471 } 2472 2473 namespace { 2474 2475 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2476 /// C. 2477 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2478 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2479 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2480 QualType PromotedType; 2481 }; 2482 2483 } 2484 2485 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2486 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2487 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2488 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2489 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2490 2491 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2492 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2493 2494 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2495 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2496 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2497 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2498 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2499 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2500 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2501 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2502 } 2503 2504 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2505 } 2506 2507 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2508 // declaration, or a declaration. 2509 template <typename T> 2510 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2511 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2512 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2513 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2514 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2515 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2516 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2517 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2518 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2519 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2520 } else 2521 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2522 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2523 } 2524 2525 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2526 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2527 /// GNU89 mode. 2528 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2529 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2530 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2531 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2532 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2533 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2534 } 2535 2536 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2537 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2538 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2539 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2540 return AT; 2541 } 2542 2543 template <typename T> 2544 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2545 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2546 if (DC->isRecord()) 2547 return false; 2548 2549 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2550 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2551 return true; 2552 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2553 return true; 2554 return false; 2555 } 2556 2557 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2558 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2559 2560 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2561 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2562 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2563 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2564 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2565 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2566 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2567 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2568 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2569 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2570 // and function templates; or 2571 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2572 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2573 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2574 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2575 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2576 2577 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2578 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2579 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2580 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2581 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2582 2583 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2584 if (Old && 2585 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2586 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2587 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2588 Old = nullptr; 2589 2590 if (!Old) { 2591 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2592 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2593 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2594 return true; 2595 } 2596 return false; 2597 } 2598 2599 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2600 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2601 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2602 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2603 /// 2604 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2605 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2606 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2607 /// merged with. 2608 /// 2609 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2610 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2611 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2612 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2613 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2614 if (!Old) { 2615 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2616 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2618 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2619 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2620 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2621 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2622 return true; 2623 } 2624 2625 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2626 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2627 return true; 2628 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2629 } else { 2630 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2631 << New->getDeclName(); 2632 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2633 return true; 2634 } 2635 } 2636 2637 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2638 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2639 return true; 2640 2641 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2642 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2643 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2644 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2645 2646 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2647 // is an extern inline function. 2648 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2649 // storage classes. 2650 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2651 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2652 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2653 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2654 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2655 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2656 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2657 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2658 } else { 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2660 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2661 return true; 2662 } 2663 } 2664 2665 2666 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2667 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2668 // convention of the first. 2669 // 2670 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2671 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2672 // 2673 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2674 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2675 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2676 // 2677 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2678 // other tests to run. 2679 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2680 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2681 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2682 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2684 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2685 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2686 2687 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2688 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2689 const FunctionType *FT = 2690 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2691 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2692 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2693 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2694 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2695 // there but not here. 2696 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2697 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2698 } else { 2699 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2700 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2701 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2702 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2703 << !FirstCCExplicit 2704 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2705 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2706 2707 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2708 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2709 return true; 2710 } 2711 } 2712 2713 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2714 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2715 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2716 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2717 } 2718 2719 // Merge regparm attribute. 2720 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2721 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2722 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2723 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2724 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2725 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2726 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2727 return true; 2728 } 2729 2730 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2731 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2732 } 2733 2734 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2735 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2736 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2737 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2738 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2739 return true; 2740 } 2741 2742 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2743 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2744 } 2745 2746 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2747 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2748 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2749 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2750 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2751 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2752 } 2753 2754 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2755 // UndefinedButUsed. 2756 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2757 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2758 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2759 Old->isUsed(false) && 2760 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2761 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2762 SourceLocation())); 2763 2764 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2765 // about it. 2766 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2767 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2768 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2769 } 2770 2771 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2772 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2773 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2774 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2775 // cannot be overloaded. 2776 2777 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2778 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2779 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2780 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2781 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2782 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2783 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2784 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2785 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2786 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2787 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2788 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2789 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2790 QualType ResQT; 2791 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2792 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2793 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2794 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2795 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2796 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2797 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2798 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2799 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2800 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2801 else 2802 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2803 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2804 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2805 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2806 return true; 2807 } 2808 else 2809 NewQType = ResQT; 2810 } 2811 2812 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2813 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2814 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2815 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2816 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2817 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2818 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2819 New->setType( 2820 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2821 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2822 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2823 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2824 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2825 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2826 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2827 } 2828 } 2829 2830 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2831 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2832 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2833 // Preserve triviality. 2834 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2835 2836 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2837 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2838 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2839 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2840 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2841 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2842 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2843 2844 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2845 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2846 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2847 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2848 // is a static member function declaration. 2849 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2850 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2851 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2852 return true; 2853 } 2854 2855 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2856 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2857 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2858 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2859 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2860 unsigned NewDiag; 2861 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2862 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2863 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2864 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2865 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2866 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2867 else 2868 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2869 2870 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2871 } else { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2873 << New << New->getType(); 2874 } 2875 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2876 return true; 2877 2878 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2879 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2880 // 2881 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2882 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2883 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2884 if (isFriend) { 2885 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2886 } else { 2887 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2888 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2889 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2890 return true; 2891 } 2892 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2893 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2894 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2895 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2896 return true; 2897 } 2898 } 2899 2900 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2901 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2902 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2903 // attribute. 2904 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2905 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2906 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2907 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2908 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2909 } 2910 2911 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2912 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2913 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2914 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2915 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2916 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2917 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2918 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2919 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2920 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2921 } 2922 2923 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2924 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2925 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2926 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2927 2928 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2929 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2930 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2931 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2932 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2933 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2934 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2935 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2936 } 2937 2938 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2939 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2940 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2941 // 2942 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2943 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2944 // linkage within class scope. 2945 // 2946 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2947 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2948 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2949 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2950 } else { 2951 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2952 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2953 return true; 2954 } 2955 } 2956 2957 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2958 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2959 2960 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2961 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2962 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2963 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2964 // when we instantiate the function. 2965 return false; 2966 } 2967 2968 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2969 } 2970 2971 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2972 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2973 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2974 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2975 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2976 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2977 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2978 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2979 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2980 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2981 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2982 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2983 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2984 NewQType = 2985 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2986 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2987 New->setType(NewQType); 2988 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2989 2990 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2991 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2992 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2993 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2994 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2995 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2996 SC_None, nullptr); 2997 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2998 Param->setImplicit(); 2999 Params.push_back(Param); 3000 } 3001 3002 New->setParams(Params); 3003 } 3004 3005 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3006 } 3007 3008 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3009 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3010 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3011 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3012 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3013 // the prototype. 3014 // 3015 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3016 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3017 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3018 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3019 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3020 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3021 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3022 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3023 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3024 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3025 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3026 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3027 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3028 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3029 3030 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3031 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3032 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3033 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3034 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3035 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3036 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3037 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3038 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3039 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3040 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3041 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3042 NewParm->getType(), 3043 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3044 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3045 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3046 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3047 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3048 } else 3049 LooseCompatible = false; 3050 } 3051 3052 if (LooseCompatible) { 3053 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3054 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3055 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3056 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3057 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3058 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3059 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3060 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3061 } 3062 3063 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3064 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3065 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3066 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3067 } 3068 3069 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3070 } 3071 3072 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3073 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3074 3075 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3076 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3077 unsigned BuiltinID; 3078 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3079 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3080 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3081 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3082 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3083 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3084 << Old << Old->getType(); 3085 3086 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3087 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3088 // 3089 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3090 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3091 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3092 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3093 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3094 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3095 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3096 3097 return false; 3098 } 3099 3100 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3101 } 3102 3103 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3104 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3105 return true; 3106 } 3107 3108 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3109 /// known to be compatible. 3110 /// 3111 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3112 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3113 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3114 /// redeclaration of Old. 3115 /// 3116 /// \returns false 3117 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3118 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3119 // Merge the attributes 3120 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3121 3122 // Merge "pure" flag. 3123 if (Old->isPure()) 3124 New->setPure(); 3125 3126 // Merge "used" flag. 3127 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3128 New->setIsUsed(); 3129 3130 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3131 // declarations. 3132 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3133 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3134 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3135 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3136 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3137 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3138 } 3139 3140 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3141 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3142 3143 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3144 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3145 // was visible. 3146 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3147 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3148 New->setType(Merged); 3149 3150 return false; 3151 } 3152 3153 3154 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3155 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3156 3157 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3158 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3159 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3160 : AMK_Override; 3161 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3162 3163 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3164 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3165 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3166 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3167 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3168 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3169 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3170 3171 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3172 } 3173 3174 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3175 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3176 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3177 /// 3178 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3179 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3180 /// is attached. 3181 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3182 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3183 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3184 return; 3185 3186 QualType MergedT; 3187 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3188 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3189 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3190 return; 3191 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3192 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3193 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3194 } 3195 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3196 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3197 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3198 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3199 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3200 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3201 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3202 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3203 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3204 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3205 NewArray->getElementType())) 3206 MergedT = New->getType(); 3207 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3208 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3209 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3210 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3211 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3212 NewArray->getElementType())) 3213 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3214 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3215 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3216 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3217 Old->getType()); 3218 } 3219 } else { 3220 // C 6.2.7p2: 3221 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3222 // compatible type. 3223 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3224 } 3225 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3226 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3227 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3228 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3229 // equivalent. 3230 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3231 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3232 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3233 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3234 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3235 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3236 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3237 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3238 return; 3239 } 3240 3241 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3242 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3243 // 3244 // extern int arr[]; 3245 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3246 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3247 // 3248 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3249 // to diagnose it. 3250 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3251 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3252 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3253 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3254 3255 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3256 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3257 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3258 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3259 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3260 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3261 } 3262 3263 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3264 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3265 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3266 New->setType(MergedT); 3267 } 3268 3269 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3270 LookupResult &Previous) { 3271 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3272 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3273 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3274 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3275 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3276 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3277 // 3278 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3279 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3280 return false; 3281 3282 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3283 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3284 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3285 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3286 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3287 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3288 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3289 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3290 } else { 3291 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3292 // type unless we're in the same function. 3293 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3294 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3295 } 3296 } 3297 3298 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3299 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3300 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3301 /// 3302 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3303 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3304 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3305 /// 3306 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3307 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3308 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3309 return; 3310 3311 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3312 3313 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3314 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3315 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3316 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3317 if (NewTemplate) { 3318 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3320 3321 if (auto *Shadow = 3322 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3323 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3324 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3325 } else { 3326 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3327 3328 if (auto *Shadow = 3329 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3330 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 } 3334 if (!Old) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3336 << New->getDeclName(); 3337 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3338 diag::note_previous_definition); 3339 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3340 } 3341 3342 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3343 return; 3344 3345 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3346 if (NewTemplate && 3347 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3348 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3349 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3350 return; 3351 3352 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3353 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3354 // 3355 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3356 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3357 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3358 << New->getIdentifier(); 3359 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3360 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3361 } 3362 3363 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3364 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3365 // declaration 3366 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3367 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3368 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3369 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3370 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3371 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3372 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3373 } 3374 3375 // Merge the types. 3376 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3377 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3378 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3379 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3380 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3381 return; 3382 } 3383 3384 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3385 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3386 return; 3387 3388 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3389 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3390 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3391 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3392 3393 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3394 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3395 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3396 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3397 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3399 << New->getDeclName(); 3400 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3401 } else { 3402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3403 << New->getDeclName(); 3404 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3405 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3409 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3410 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3411 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3412 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3413 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3414 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3415 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3416 // identifier has external linkage. 3417 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3418 /* Okay */; 3419 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3420 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3421 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 3427 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3428 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3429 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3430 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3431 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3432 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3433 } 3434 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3435 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3436 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3437 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3438 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3439 } 3440 3441 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3442 3443 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3444 // need to check for mismatches. 3445 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3446 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3447 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3448 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3449 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3450 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3451 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3452 } 3453 3454 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3455 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3457 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3458 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3459 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } else { 3462 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3463 // static and dynamic initialization. 3464 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3465 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3466 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3467 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3468 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3469 } 3470 } 3471 3472 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3473 VarDecl *Def; 3474 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3475 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3476 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3477 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3478 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3479 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3480 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3481 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3482 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3483 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3484 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3485 } else { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3487 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 } 3492 3493 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3494 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3495 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3496 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3497 return; 3498 } 3499 3500 // Merge "used" flag. 3501 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3502 New->setIsUsed(); 3503 3504 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3505 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3506 if (NewTemplate) 3507 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3508 3509 // Inherit access appropriately. 3510 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3511 if (NewTemplate) 3512 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3513 } 3514 3515 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3516 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3517 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3518 DeclSpec &DS) { 3519 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3520 } 3521 3522 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3523 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3524 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3525 // compatibility. 3526 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3527 // targeted. 3528 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3529 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3530 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3531 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3532 } 3533 3534 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3535 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3536 return; 3537 3538 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3539 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3540 // it is anonymous. 3541 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3542 return; 3543 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3544 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3545 Context.setManglingNumber( 3546 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3547 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3548 return; 3549 } 3550 3551 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3552 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3553 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3554 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3555 Context.setManglingNumber( 3556 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3557 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3558 } 3559 } 3560 3561 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3562 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3563 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 3564 return; 3565 3566 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 3567 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3571 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3572 3573 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3574 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3575 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 3576 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3577 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 3578 return; 3579 } 3580 3581 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3582 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3583 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3584 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3585 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3586 // for how to handle it. 3587 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3588 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3589 3590 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3591 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3592 3593 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3594 textToInsert += ' '; 3595 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3596 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3597 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3598 return; 3599 } 3600 3601 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3602 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3603 } 3604 3605 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3606 switch (T) { 3607 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3608 return 0; 3609 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3610 return 1; 3611 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3612 return 2; 3613 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3614 return 3; 3615 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3616 return 4; 3617 default: 3618 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3619 } 3620 } 3621 3622 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3623 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3624 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3625 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3626 DeclSpec &DS, 3627 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3628 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3629 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3630 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3631 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3632 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3633 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3634 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3635 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3636 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3637 3638 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3639 return nullptr; 3640 3641 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3642 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3643 // it's a Type. 3644 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3645 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3646 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3647 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3648 } 3649 3650 if (Tag) { 3651 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3652 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3653 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3654 return Tag; 3655 } 3656 3657 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3658 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3659 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3660 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3661 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3662 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3663 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3664 } 3665 3666 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3667 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3668 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3669 if (Tag) 3670 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3671 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3672 else 3673 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3674 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3675 return TagD; 3676 } 3677 3678 if (DS.isConceptSpecified()) { 3679 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: A concept definition refers to 3680 // either a function concept and its definition or a variable concept and 3681 // its initializer. 3682 Diag(DS.getConceptSpecLoc(), diag::err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 3683 return TagD; 3684 } 3685 3686 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3687 3688 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3689 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3690 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3691 if (TagD && !Tag) 3692 return nullptr; 3693 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3694 } 3695 3696 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3697 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3698 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3699 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3700 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3701 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3702 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3703 // or an explicit specialization. 3704 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3705 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3706 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3707 return nullptr; 3708 } 3709 3710 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3711 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3712 3713 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3714 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3715 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3716 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3717 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3718 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3719 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3720 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3721 3722 DeclaresAnything = false; 3723 } 3724 } 3725 3726 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3727 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3728 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3729 // 3730 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3731 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3732 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3733 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3734 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3735 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3736 // struct STRUCT; 3737 // union UNION; 3738 // and 3739 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3740 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3741 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3742 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3743 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3744 if (Tag) 3745 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3746 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3747 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3748 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3749 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3750 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3751 3752 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3753 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3754 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3755 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3756 } 3757 3758 DeclaresAnything = false; 3759 } 3760 } 3761 3762 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3763 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3764 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3765 return TagD; 3766 3767 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3768 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3769 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3770 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3771 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3772 DeclaresAnything = false; 3773 3774 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3775 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3776 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3777 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3778 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3779 else 3780 DeclaresAnything = false; 3781 } 3782 3783 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3784 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3785 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3786 << Tag->getTagKind() 3787 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3788 3789 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3790 3791 // C 6.7/2: 3792 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3793 // or the members of an enumeration. 3794 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3795 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3796 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3797 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3798 // previous declaration. 3799 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3800 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3801 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3802 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3803 return TagD; 3804 } 3805 3806 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3807 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3808 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3809 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3810 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3811 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3812 // 3813 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3814 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3815 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3816 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3817 3818 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3819 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3820 // useless. 3821 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3822 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3823 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3824 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3825 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3826 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3827 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3828 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3829 } 3830 3831 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3832 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3833 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3834 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3835 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3836 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3837 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3838 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3839 // Restrict is covered above. 3840 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3841 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3842 } 3843 3844 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3845 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3846 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3847 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3848 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3849 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3850 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3851 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3852 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3853 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3854 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3855 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3856 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3857 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3858 } 3859 } 3860 3861 return TagD; 3862 } 3863 3864 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3865 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3866 /// 3867 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3868 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3869 Scope *S, 3870 DeclContext *Owner, 3871 DeclarationName Name, 3872 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3873 unsigned diagnostic) { 3874 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3875 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3876 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3877 3878 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3879 return false; 3880 3881 // Pick a representative declaration. 3882 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3883 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3884 3885 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3886 return false; 3887 3888 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3889 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3890 3891 return true; 3892 } 3893 3894 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3895 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3896 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3897 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3898 /// struct, e.g., 3899 /// 3900 /// @code 3901 /// union { 3902 /// int i; 3903 /// float f; 3904 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3905 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3906 /// @endcode 3907 /// 3908 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3909 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3910 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3911 DeclContext *Owner, 3912 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3913 AccessSpecifier AS, 3914 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3915 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3916 unsigned diagKind 3917 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3918 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3919 3920 bool Invalid = false; 3921 3922 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3923 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3924 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3925 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3926 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3927 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3928 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3929 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3930 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3931 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3932 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3933 Invalid = true; 3934 } else { 3935 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3936 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3937 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3938 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3939 // anonymous union is declared. 3940 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3941 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3942 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3943 else 3944 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3945 3946 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3947 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3948 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3949 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3950 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3951 3952 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3953 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3954 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3955 3956 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3957 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3958 3959 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3960 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3961 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3962 3963 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3964 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3965 3966 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3967 } 3968 } 3969 } 3970 3971 return Invalid; 3972 } 3973 3974 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3975 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3976 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3977 static StorageClass 3978 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3979 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3980 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3981 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3982 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3983 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3984 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3985 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3986 return SC_None; 3987 return SC_Extern; 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3989 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3990 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3991 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3992 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3993 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3994 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3995 } 3996 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3997 } 3998 3999 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4000 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4001 4002 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4003 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4004 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4005 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4006 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4007 return FD->getLocation(); 4008 } 4009 4010 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4011 } 4012 4013 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4014 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4015 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4016 return; 4017 4018 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4019 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4020 } 4021 4022 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4023 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4024 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4025 return; 4026 4027 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4028 } 4029 4030 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4031 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4032 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4033 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4034 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4035 AccessSpecifier AS, 4036 RecordDecl *Record, 4037 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4038 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4039 4040 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4041 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4042 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4043 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4044 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4045 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4046 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4047 4048 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4049 // structs/unions. 4050 bool Invalid = false; 4051 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4052 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4053 unsigned DiagID; 4054 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4055 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4056 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4057 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4058 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4059 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4060 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4061 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4062 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4063 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4064 4065 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4066 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4067 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4068 } 4069 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4070 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4071 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4072 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4073 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4074 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4075 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4077 4078 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4079 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4080 SourceLocation(), 4081 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4082 } 4083 } 4084 4085 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4086 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4087 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4088 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4089 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4090 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4091 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4092 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4093 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4094 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4095 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4096 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4097 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4098 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4099 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4100 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4101 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4102 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4103 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4104 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4105 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4106 4107 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4108 } 4109 4110 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4111 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4112 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4113 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4114 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4115 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4116 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4117 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4118 // members (clause 11). 4119 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4120 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4121 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4122 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4123 Invalid = true; 4124 } 4125 4126 // C++ [class.union]p1 4127 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4128 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4129 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4130 // array of such objects. 4131 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4132 Invalid = true; 4133 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4134 // Any implicit members are fine. 4135 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4136 // This is a type that showed up in an 4137 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4138 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4139 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4140 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4141 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4142 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4143 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4144 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4145 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4146 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4147 else { 4148 // This is a nested type declaration. 4149 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4150 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4151 Invalid = true; 4152 } 4153 } else { 4154 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4155 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4156 // not part of standard C++. 4157 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4158 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4159 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4160 } 4161 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4162 // Any access specifier is fine. 4163 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4164 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4165 } else { 4166 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4167 // member. Complain about it. 4168 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4169 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4170 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4171 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4172 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4173 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4174 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4175 4176 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4177 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4178 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4179 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4180 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4181 else { 4182 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4183 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4184 Invalid = true; 4185 } 4186 } 4187 } 4188 4189 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4190 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4191 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4192 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4193 Owner->isRecord()) 4194 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4195 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4196 } 4197 4198 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4199 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4200 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4201 Invalid = true; 4202 } 4203 4204 // Mock up a declarator. 4205 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4207 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4208 4209 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4210 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4211 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4212 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4213 DS.getLocStart(), 4214 Record->getLocation(), 4215 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4216 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4217 TInfo, 4218 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4219 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4220 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4221 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4222 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4223 } else { 4224 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4225 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4226 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4227 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4228 // an error here 4229 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4230 Invalid = true; 4231 SC = SC_None; 4232 } 4233 4234 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4235 DS.getLocStart(), 4236 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4237 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4238 TInfo, SC); 4239 4240 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4241 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4242 // initializer: 4243 // union { int n = 0; }; 4244 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4245 } 4246 Anon->setImplicit(); 4247 4248 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4249 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4250 4251 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4252 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4253 // its members. 4254 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4255 4256 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4257 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4258 // purposes. 4259 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4260 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4261 4262 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4263 Chain, false)) 4264 Invalid = true; 4265 4266 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4267 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4268 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4269 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4270 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4271 Context.setManglingNumber( 4272 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4273 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4274 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4275 } 4276 } 4277 } 4278 4279 if (Invalid) 4280 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4281 4282 return Anon; 4283 } 4284 4285 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4286 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4287 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4288 /// Example: 4289 /// 4290 /// struct A { int a; }; 4291 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4292 /// 4293 /// void foo() { 4294 /// B var; 4295 /// var.a = 3; 4296 /// } 4297 /// 4298 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4299 RecordDecl *Record) { 4300 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4301 4302 // Mock up a declarator. 4303 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4305 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4306 4307 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4308 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4309 4310 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4311 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4312 ParentDecl, 4313 DS.getLocStart(), 4314 DS.getLocStart(), 4315 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4316 RecTy, 4317 TInfo, 4318 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4319 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4320 Anon->setImplicit(); 4321 4322 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4323 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4324 4325 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4326 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4327 // purposes. 4328 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4329 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4330 4331 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4332 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4333 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4334 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4335 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4336 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4337 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4338 } 4339 4340 return Anon; 4341 } 4342 4343 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4344 /// given Declarator. 4345 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4346 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4347 } 4348 4349 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4350 DeclarationNameInfo 4351 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4352 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4353 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4354 4355 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4356 4357 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4358 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4359 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4360 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4361 return NameInfo; 4362 4363 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4364 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4365 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4366 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4367 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4368 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4369 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4370 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4371 return NameInfo; 4372 4373 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4374 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4375 Name.Identifier)); 4376 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4377 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4378 return NameInfo; 4379 4380 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4381 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4382 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4383 if (Ty.isNull()) 4384 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4385 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4386 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4387 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4388 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4389 return NameInfo; 4390 } 4391 4392 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4393 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4394 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4395 if (Ty.isNull()) 4396 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4397 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4398 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4399 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4400 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4401 return NameInfo; 4402 } 4403 4404 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4405 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4406 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4407 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4408 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4409 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4410 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4411 4412 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4413 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4414 4415 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4416 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4417 // was qualified. 4418 4419 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4420 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4421 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4422 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4423 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4424 return NameInfo; 4425 } 4426 4427 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4428 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4429 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4430 if (Ty.isNull()) 4431 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4432 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4433 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4434 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4435 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4436 return NameInfo; 4437 } 4438 4439 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4440 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4441 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4442 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4443 } 4444 4445 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4446 4447 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4448 } 4449 4450 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4451 do { 4452 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4453 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4454 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4455 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4456 else 4457 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4458 } while (true); 4459 } 4460 4461 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4462 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4463 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4464 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4465 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4466 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4467 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4468 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4469 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4470 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4471 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4472 Params.clear(); 4473 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4474 return false; 4475 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4476 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4477 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4478 4479 // The parameter types are identical 4480 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4481 continue; 4482 4483 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4484 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4485 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4486 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4487 4488 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4489 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4490 Params.push_back(Idx); 4491 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4492 return false; 4493 } 4494 4495 return true; 4496 } 4497 4498 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4499 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4500 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4501 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4502 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4503 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4504 DeclarationName Name) { 4505 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4506 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4507 // - types which will become injected class names 4508 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4509 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4510 // few cases here. 4511 4512 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4513 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4514 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4515 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4516 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4517 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4518 // Grab the type from the parser. 4519 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4520 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4521 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4522 4523 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4524 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4525 // attached already. 4526 if (!TSI) 4527 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4528 4529 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4530 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4531 if (!TSI) return true; 4532 4533 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4534 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4535 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4536 break; 4537 } 4538 4539 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4540 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4541 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4542 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4543 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4544 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4545 break; 4546 } 4547 4548 default: 4549 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4550 break; 4551 } 4552 4553 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4554 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4555 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4556 4557 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4558 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4559 // pointer. 4560 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4561 continue; 4562 4563 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4564 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4565 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4566 return true; 4567 } 4568 4569 return false; 4570 } 4571 4572 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4573 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4574 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4575 4576 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4577 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4578 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4579 4580 return Dcl; 4581 } 4582 4583 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4584 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4585 /// name different from T: 4586 /// - every static data member of class T; 4587 /// - every member function of class T 4588 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4589 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4590 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4591 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4592 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4593 4594 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4595 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4596 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4597 return true; 4598 } 4599 4600 return false; 4601 } 4602 4603 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4604 /// nested-name-specifier. 4605 /// 4606 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4607 /// 4608 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4609 /// resolves. 4610 /// 4611 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4612 /// 4613 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4614 /// 4615 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4616 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4617 DeclarationName Name, 4618 SourceLocation Loc) { 4619 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4620 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4621 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4622 4623 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4624 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4625 // 4626 // class X { 4627 // void X::f(); 4628 // }; 4629 // 4630 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4631 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4632 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4633 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4634 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4635 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4636 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4637 SS.clear(); 4638 } else { 4639 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4640 } 4641 return false; 4642 } 4643 4644 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4645 // declaration. 4646 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4647 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4648 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4649 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4650 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4651 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4652 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4653 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4654 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4655 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4656 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4658 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4659 else 4660 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4661 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4662 4663 return true; 4664 } 4665 4666 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4667 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4668 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4669 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4670 SS.clear(); 4671 4672 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4673 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4674 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4675 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4676 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4677 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4678 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4679 return true; 4680 4681 return false; 4682 } 4683 4684 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4685 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4686 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4687 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4688 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4689 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4690 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4691 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4692 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4693 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4694 4695 return false; 4696 } 4697 4698 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4699 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4700 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4701 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4702 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4703 4704 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4705 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4706 if (!Name) { 4707 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4708 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4709 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4710 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4711 return nullptr; 4712 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4713 return nullptr; 4714 4715 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4716 // we find one that is. 4717 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4718 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4719 S = S->getParent(); 4720 4721 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4722 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4723 D.setInvalidType(); 4724 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4725 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4726 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4727 return nullptr; 4728 4729 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4730 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4731 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4732 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4733 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4734 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4735 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4736 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4737 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4738 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4739 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4740 return nullptr; 4741 } 4742 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4743 4744 if (!IsDependentContext && 4745 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4746 return nullptr; 4747 4748 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4749 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4751 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4752 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4753 return nullptr; 4754 } 4755 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4756 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4757 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4758 if (DC->isRecord()) 4759 return nullptr; 4760 4761 D.setInvalidType(); 4762 } 4763 } 4764 4765 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4766 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4767 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4768 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4769 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4770 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4771 D.setInvalidType(); 4772 } 4773 } 4774 4775 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4776 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4777 4778 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4779 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4780 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4781 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4782 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4783 return nullptr; 4784 4785 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4786 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4787 D.setInvalidType(); 4788 4789 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4790 ForRedeclaration); 4791 4792 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4793 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4794 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4795 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4796 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4797 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4798 4799 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4800 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4801 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4802 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4803 4804 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4805 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4806 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4807 // 4808 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4809 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4810 // the same name. 4811 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4812 /* Do nothing*/; 4813 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4814 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4815 R->isFunctionType())) { 4816 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4817 CreateBuiltins = 4818 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4819 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4820 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4821 CreateBuiltins = true; 4822 4823 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4824 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4825 4826 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4827 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4828 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4829 4830 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4831 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4832 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4833 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4834 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4835 // thereof; [...] 4836 // 4837 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4838 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4839 // we want to match. For example, given: 4840 // 4841 // class X { 4842 // void f(); 4843 // void f(float); 4844 // }; 4845 // 4846 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4847 // 4848 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4849 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4850 // matches. 4851 4852 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4853 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4854 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4855 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4856 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4857 } 4858 4859 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4860 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4861 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4862 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4863 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4864 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4865 4866 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4867 Previous.clear(); 4868 } 4869 4870 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4871 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4872 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4873 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4874 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4875 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4876 Previous.clear(); 4877 4878 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4879 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4880 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4881 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4882 4883 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4884 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4885 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4886 // template, declared in namespace scope 4887 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4888 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4889 diag:: err_concept_wrong_decl_kind); 4890 return nullptr; 4891 } 4892 4893 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4895 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4896 return nullptr; 4897 } 4898 } 4899 4900 NamedDecl *New; 4901 4902 bool AddToScope = true; 4903 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4904 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4905 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4906 return nullptr; 4907 } 4908 4909 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4910 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4911 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4912 TemplateParamLists, 4913 AddToScope); 4914 } else { 4915 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4916 AddToScope); 4917 } 4918 4919 if (!New) 4920 return nullptr; 4921 4922 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4923 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4924 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4925 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4926 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4927 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4928 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4929 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4930 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4931 if (!AddToContext) 4932 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4933 } 4934 4935 return New; 4936 } 4937 4938 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4939 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4940 /// GCC compatibility). 4941 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4942 ASTContext &Context, 4943 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4944 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4945 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4946 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4947 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4948 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4949 SizeIsNegative = false; 4950 Oversized = 0; 4951 4952 if (T->isDependentType()) 4953 return QualType(); 4954 4955 QualifierCollector Qs; 4956 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4957 4958 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4959 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4960 QualType FixedType = 4961 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4962 Oversized); 4963 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4964 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4965 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4966 } 4967 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4968 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4969 QualType FixedType = 4970 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4971 Oversized); 4972 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4973 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4974 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4975 } 4976 4977 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4978 if (!VLATy) 4979 return QualType(); 4980 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4981 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4982 return QualType(); 4983 4984 llvm::APSInt Res; 4985 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4986 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4987 return QualType(); 4988 4989 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4990 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4991 SizeIsNegative = true; 4992 return QualType(); 4993 } 4994 4995 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4996 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4997 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4998 Res); 4999 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5000 Oversized = Res; 5001 return QualType(); 5002 } 5003 5004 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 5005 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5006 } 5007 5008 static void 5009 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5010 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5011 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5012 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5013 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5014 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5015 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5016 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5017 return; 5018 } 5019 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5020 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5021 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5022 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5023 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5024 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5025 return; 5026 } 5027 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5028 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5029 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5030 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5031 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5032 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5033 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5034 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5035 } 5036 5037 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5038 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5039 /// GCC compatibility). 5040 static TypeSourceInfo* 5041 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5042 ASTContext &Context, 5043 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5044 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5045 QualType FixedTy 5046 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5047 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5048 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5049 return nullptr; 5050 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5051 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5052 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5053 return FixedTInfo; 5054 } 5055 5056 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5057 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5058 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5059 /// function-scope declarations. 5060 void 5061 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5062 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5063 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5064 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5065 return; 5066 5067 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5068 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5069 } 5070 5071 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5072 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5073 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5074 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5075 } 5076 5077 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5078 /// does not identify a function. 5079 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5080 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5081 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5082 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5083 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5084 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5085 5086 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5087 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5088 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5089 5090 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5091 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5092 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5093 5094 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5095 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5096 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5097 } 5098 5099 NamedDecl* 5100 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5101 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5102 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5103 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5104 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5105 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5106 D.setInvalidType(); 5107 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5108 DC = CurContext; 5109 Previous.clear(); 5110 } 5111 5112 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5113 5114 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5115 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5116 << 1; 5117 5118 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5119 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5120 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5121 return nullptr; 5122 } 5123 5124 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5125 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5126 5127 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5128 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5129 5130 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5131 5132 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5133 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5134 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5135 return ND; 5136 } 5137 5138 void 5139 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5140 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5141 // then it shall have block scope. 5142 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5143 // that redeclarations will match. 5144 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5145 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5146 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5147 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5148 5149 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5150 bool SizeIsNegative; 5151 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5152 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5153 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5154 SizeIsNegative, 5155 Oversized); 5156 if (FixedTInfo) { 5157 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5158 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5159 } else { 5160 if (SizeIsNegative) 5161 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5162 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5163 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5164 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5165 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5166 << Oversized.toString(10); 5167 else 5168 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5169 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5170 } 5171 } 5172 } 5173 } 5174 5175 5176 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5177 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5178 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5179 NamedDecl* 5180 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5181 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5182 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5183 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5184 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5185 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5186 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5187 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5188 Redeclaration = true; 5189 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5190 } 5191 5192 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5193 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5194 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5195 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5196 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5197 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5198 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5199 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5200 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5201 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5202 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5203 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5204 } 5205 5206 return NewTD; 5207 } 5208 5209 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5210 /// previous declaration. 5211 /// 5212 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5213 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5214 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5215 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5216 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5217 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5218 /// 5219 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5220 /// lookup 5221 /// 5222 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5223 /// declared. 5224 /// 5225 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5226 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5227 static bool 5228 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5229 ASTContext &Context) { 5230 if (!PrevDecl) 5231 return false; 5232 5233 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5234 return false; 5235 5236 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5237 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5238 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5239 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5240 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5241 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5242 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5243 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5244 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5245 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5246 return false; 5247 5248 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5249 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5250 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5251 return false; 5252 5253 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5254 // previous declarations. 5255 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5256 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5257 5258 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5259 // isn't the same function. 5260 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5261 return false; 5262 } 5263 5264 return true; 5265 } 5266 5267 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5268 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5269 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5270 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5271 } 5272 5273 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5274 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5275 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5276 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5277 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5278 unsigned kind = -1U; 5279 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5280 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5281 kind = 0; // __block 5282 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5283 kind = 1; // global 5284 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5285 kind = 3; // ivar 5286 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5287 kind = 2; // field 5288 } 5289 5290 if (kind != -1U) { 5291 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5292 << kind; 5293 } 5294 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5295 // Try to infer lifetime. 5296 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5297 return false; 5298 5299 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5300 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5301 decl->setType(type); 5302 } 5303 5304 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5305 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5306 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5307 var->getTLSKind()) { 5308 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5309 << var->getType(); 5310 return true; 5311 } 5312 } 5313 5314 return false; 5315 } 5316 5317 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5318 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5319 // the wrong linkage. 5320 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5321 5322 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5323 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5324 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5325 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5326 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5327 } 5328 } 5329 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5330 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5331 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5332 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5333 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5334 } 5335 } 5336 5337 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5338 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5339 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5340 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5341 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5342 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5343 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5344 } 5345 } 5346 } 5347 5348 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5349 // It does not apply to functions. 5350 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5351 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5352 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5353 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5354 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5355 } 5356 } 5357 5358 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5359 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 5360 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 5361 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 5362 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())) { 5363 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5364 << &ND << Attr; 5365 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5366 } 5367 } 5368 } 5369 5370 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5371 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5372 bool IsSpecialization) { 5373 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5374 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5375 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5376 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5377 5378 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5379 return; 5380 5381 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5382 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5383 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5384 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5385 5386 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5387 // inherited attribute instances. 5388 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5389 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5390 5391 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5392 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5393 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5394 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5395 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5396 5397 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5398 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5399 bool JustWarn = false; 5400 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5401 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5402 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5403 JustWarn = true; 5404 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5405 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5406 JustWarn = true; 5407 } 5408 5409 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5410 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5411 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5412 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5413 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5414 JustWarn = false; 5415 5416 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5417 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5418 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5419 << NewDecl 5420 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5421 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5422 if (!JustWarn) { 5423 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5424 return; 5425 } 5426 } 5427 5428 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5429 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5430 // and qualified friend declarations. 5431 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5432 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5433 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5434 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5435 // separately. 5436 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5437 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5438 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5439 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5440 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5441 } 5442 5443 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5444 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5445 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5446 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5447 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5448 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5449 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5450 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5451 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5452 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5453 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5454 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5455 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5456 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5457 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5458 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5459 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5460 } 5461 } 5462 5463 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5464 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5465 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5466 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5467 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5468 5469 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5470 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5471 5472 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5473 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5474 return false; 5475 5476 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5477 5478 #ifndef NDEBUG 5479 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5480 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5481 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5482 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5483 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5484 #endif 5485 5486 bool isC99Inline = 5487 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5488 5489 #ifndef NDEBUG 5490 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5491 #endif 5492 5493 return isC99Inline; 5494 } 5495 5496 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5497 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5498 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5499 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5500 /// 5501 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5502 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5503 /// 5504 /// For instance: 5505 /// 5506 /// auto x = []{}; 5507 /// 5508 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5509 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5510 /// 5511 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5512 template<typename T> 5513 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5514 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5515 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5516 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5517 return false; 5518 } 5519 return D->isExternC(); 5520 } 5521 5522 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5523 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5524 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5525 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5526 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5527 return true; 5528 if (DC->isRecord()) 5529 return false; 5530 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5531 } 5532 5533 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5534 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5535 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5536 return true; 5537 if (DC->isRecord()) 5538 return false; 5539 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5540 } 5541 5542 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5543 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5544 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5545 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5546 return true; 5547 return false; 5548 } 5549 5550 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5551 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5552 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5553 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5554 return true; 5555 5556 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5557 // position to the decl itself. 5558 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5559 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5560 return true; 5561 } 5562 5563 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5564 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5565 } 5566 5567 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5568 /// function-local external declaration. 5569 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5570 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5571 return false; 5572 5573 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5574 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5575 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5576 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5577 return true; 5578 5579 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5580 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5581 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5582 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5583 // 5584 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5585 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5586 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5587 DC = DC->getParent(); 5588 return true; 5589 } 5590 5591 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5592 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5593 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5594 return FD->isExternC(); 5595 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5596 return VD->isExternC(); 5597 5598 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5599 } 5600 5601 NamedDecl * 5602 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5603 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5604 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5605 bool &AddToScope) { 5606 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5607 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5608 5609 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5610 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5611 5612 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5613 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5614 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5615 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5616 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5617 SC = SC_Extern; 5618 5619 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5620 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5621 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5622 5623 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5624 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5625 QualType NR = R; 5626 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5627 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5628 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5629 D.setInvalidType(); 5630 break; 5631 } 5632 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5633 } 5634 5635 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5636 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5637 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5638 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5639 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5640 D.setInvalidType(); 5641 } 5642 } 5643 } 5644 5645 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5646 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5647 // an error here 5648 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5649 D.setInvalidType(); 5650 SC = SC_None; 5651 } 5652 5653 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5654 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5655 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5656 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5657 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5658 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5659 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5660 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5661 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5662 } 5663 5664 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5665 if (!II) { 5666 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5667 << Name; 5668 return nullptr; 5669 } 5670 5671 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5672 5673 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5674 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5675 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5676 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5677 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5678 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5679 D.setInvalidType(); 5680 } 5681 } 5682 5683 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5684 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5685 // OpenCL __local address space. 5686 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5687 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5688 } 5689 5690 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5691 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5692 // space qualifiers. 5693 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5694 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5695 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5696 } 5697 5698 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5699 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5700 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5701 // address space qualifiers. 5702 if (R->isEventT()) { 5703 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5704 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5705 D.setInvalidType(); 5706 } 5707 5708 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5709 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5710 D.setInvalidType(); 5711 } 5712 } 5713 } 5714 5715 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5716 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5717 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5718 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5719 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5720 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5721 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5722 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5723 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5724 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5725 R, TInfo, SC); 5726 5727 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5728 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5729 } else { 5730 bool Invalid = false; 5731 5732 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5733 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5734 switch (SC) { 5735 case SC_None: 5736 break; 5737 case SC_Static: 5738 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5739 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5740 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5741 break; 5742 case SC_Auto: 5743 case SC_Register: 5744 case SC_Extern: 5745 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5746 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5747 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5748 // of class members 5749 5750 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5751 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5752 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5753 break; 5754 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5755 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5756 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5757 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5758 } 5759 } 5760 5761 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5762 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5763 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5764 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5765 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5766 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5767 5768 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5769 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5770 if (RD->isUnion()) 5771 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5772 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5773 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5774 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5775 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5776 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5777 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5778 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5779 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5780 } 5781 } 5782 5783 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5784 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5785 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5786 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5787 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5788 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5789 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5790 : nullptr, 5791 TemplateParamLists, 5792 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5793 5794 if (TemplateParams) { 5795 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5796 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5797 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5798 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5799 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5800 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5801 << II 5802 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5803 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5804 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5805 } else { 5806 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5807 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5808 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5809 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5810 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5811 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5812 // This is a template declaration. 5813 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5814 5815 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5816 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5817 return nullptr; 5818 5819 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5820 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5821 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5822 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5823 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5824 } 5825 } 5826 } else { 5827 assert( 5828 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5829 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5830 } 5831 5832 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5833 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5834 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5835 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5836 : SourceLocation(); 5837 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5838 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5839 IsPartialSpecialization); 5840 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5841 return nullptr; 5842 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5843 AddToScope = false; 5844 } else 5845 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5846 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5847 5848 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5849 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5850 NewTemplate = 5851 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5852 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5853 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5854 } 5855 5856 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5857 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5858 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5859 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5860 5861 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5862 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5863 if (NewTemplate) 5864 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5865 } 5866 5867 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5868 5869 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5870 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5871 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5872 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5873 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5874 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 5875 5876 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5877 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5878 5879 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 5880 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5881 5882 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 5883 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 5884 // specifiers, [...] 5885 if (D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec() == TSCS_thread_local) { 5886 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5887 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5888 << 0 << 0; 5889 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5890 } 5891 5892 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) { 5893 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 5894 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 5895 << 0 << 3; 5896 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5897 } 5898 } 5899 } 5900 5901 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5902 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5903 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5904 if (NewTemplate) 5905 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5906 5907 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5908 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5909 5910 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5911 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5912 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5913 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5914 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5915 // explicitly. 5916 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5917 // 'extern'. 5918 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5919 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5920 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5921 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5923 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5924 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5925 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5926 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5927 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5928 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5929 // error should be ignored. 5930 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5931 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5932 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5933 // to emit any code for it. 5934 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5935 } else 5936 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5937 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5938 } else 5939 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5940 } 5941 5942 // C99 6.7.4p3 5943 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5944 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5945 // thread storage duration... 5946 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5947 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5948 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5949 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5950 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5951 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5952 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5953 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5954 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5955 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5956 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5957 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5958 } 5959 } 5960 5961 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5962 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5963 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5964 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5965 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5966 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5967 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5968 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5969 << 2 5970 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5971 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5972 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5973 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5974 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5975 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5976 else { 5977 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5978 if (NewTemplate) 5979 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5980 } 5981 } 5982 5983 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5984 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5985 5986 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5987 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5988 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5989 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5990 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5991 // storage [duration]." 5992 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5993 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5994 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5995 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5996 } 5997 } 5998 5999 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 6000 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 6001 // check the VarDecl itself. 6002 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 6003 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 6004 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 6005 6006 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 6007 // retainable type. 6008 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 6009 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6010 6011 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 6012 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 6013 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 6014 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 6015 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 6016 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 6017 switch (SC) { 6018 case SC_None: 6019 case SC_Auto: 6020 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 6021 break; 6022 case SC_Register: 6023 // Local Named register 6024 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6025 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 6026 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6027 break; 6028 case SC_Static: 6029 case SC_Extern: 6030 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6031 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 6032 break; 6033 } 6034 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 6035 // Global Named register 6036 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 6037 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 6038 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 6039 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6040 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6041 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6042 } 6043 } 6044 6045 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6046 Context, Label, 0)); 6047 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6048 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6049 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6050 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6051 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6052 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6053 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6054 } else 6055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6056 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6057 } 6058 } 6059 6060 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6061 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6062 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6063 6064 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6065 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6066 // declaration has linkage). 6067 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6068 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6069 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6070 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6071 6072 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6073 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6074 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6075 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6076 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6077 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6078 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6079 6080 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6081 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6082 } else { 6083 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6084 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6085 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6086 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6087 6088 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6089 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6090 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6091 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6092 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6093 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6094 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6095 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6096 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6097 Previous.clear(); 6098 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6099 } 6100 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6101 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6102 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6103 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6104 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6105 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6106 } 6107 6108 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6109 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6110 6111 if (NewTemplate) { 6112 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6113 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6114 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6115 : nullptr; 6116 6117 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6118 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6119 // template declaration. 6120 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6121 TemplateParams, 6122 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6123 : nullptr, 6124 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6125 DC->isDependentContext()) 6126 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6127 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6128 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6129 6130 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6131 // template, make a note of that. 6132 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6133 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6134 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6135 } 6136 } 6137 6138 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6139 6140 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6141 // the map of such variables. 6142 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6143 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6144 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6145 6146 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6147 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6148 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6149 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6150 Context.setManglingNumber( 6151 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6152 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6153 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6154 } 6155 } 6156 6157 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 6158 if (Name.isIdentifier() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 6159 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6160 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 6161 6162 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 6163 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 6164 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 6165 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 6166 6167 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 6168 // behavior. 6169 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 6170 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 6171 } 6172 6173 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6174 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6175 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6176 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6177 } 6178 6179 if (NewTemplate) { 6180 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6181 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6182 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6183 return NewTemplate; 6184 } 6185 6186 return NewVD; 6187 } 6188 6189 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6190 /// -Wshadow. 6191 /// 6192 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6193 /// scope. 6194 /// 6195 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6196 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6197 /// 6198 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6199 // Return if warning is ignored. 6200 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6201 return; 6202 6203 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6204 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6205 return; 6206 6207 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6208 6209 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6210 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6211 return; 6212 6213 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6214 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6215 return; 6216 6217 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6218 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6219 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6220 if (MD->isStatic()) 6221 return; 6222 6223 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6224 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6225 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6226 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6227 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6228 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6229 ShadowedDecl = I; 6230 break; 6231 } 6232 } 6233 6234 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6235 6236 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6237 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6238 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6239 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6240 return; 6241 6242 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6243 // static data members from base classes? 6244 6245 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6246 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6247 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6248 } 6249 6250 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6251 unsigned Kind; 6252 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6253 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6254 Kind = 3; // field 6255 else 6256 Kind = 2; // static data member 6257 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6258 Kind = 1; // global 6259 else 6260 Kind = 0; // local 6261 6262 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6263 6264 // Emit warning and note. 6265 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6266 return; 6267 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6268 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6269 } 6270 6271 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6272 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6273 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6274 return; 6275 6276 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6277 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6278 LookupName(R, S); 6279 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6280 } 6281 6282 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6283 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6284 template<typename T> 6285 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6286 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6287 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6288 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6289 6290 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6291 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6292 // declaration. 6293 return false; 6294 } 6295 6296 if (Prev) { 6297 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6298 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6299 // redeclaration. 6300 Previous.clear(); 6301 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6302 return true; 6303 } 6304 6305 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6306 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6307 // declaration. 6308 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6309 return false; 6310 } else { 6311 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6312 // translation unit which might conflict. 6313 if (IsGlobal) { 6314 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6315 IsGlobal = false; 6316 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6317 I != E; ++I) { 6318 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6319 Prev = *I; 6320 break; 6321 } 6322 } 6323 } else { 6324 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6325 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6326 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6327 I != E; ++I) { 6328 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6329 Prev = *I; 6330 break; 6331 } 6332 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6333 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6334 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6335 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6336 // diagnostic. 6337 } 6338 } 6339 6340 if (!Prev) 6341 return false; 6342 } 6343 6344 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6345 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6346 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6347 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6348 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6349 else 6350 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6351 6352 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6353 << IsGlobal << ND; 6354 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6355 << IsGlobal; 6356 return false; 6357 } 6358 6359 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6360 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6361 /// 6362 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6363 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6364 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6365 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6366 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6367 template<typename T> 6368 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6369 LookupResult &Previous) { 6370 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6371 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6372 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6373 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6374 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6375 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6376 Previous.clear(); 6377 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6378 return true; 6379 } 6380 } 6381 return false; 6382 } 6383 6384 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6385 // declaration. 6386 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6387 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6388 6389 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6390 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6391 // in another scope. 6392 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6393 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6394 6395 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6396 return false; 6397 } 6398 6399 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6400 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6401 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6402 return; 6403 6404 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6405 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6406 6407 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6408 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6409 return; 6410 6411 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6412 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6413 6414 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6415 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6416 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6417 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6418 NewVD->setType(T); 6419 } 6420 6421 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6422 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6423 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6424 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6425 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6427 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6428 return; 6429 } 6430 6431 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6432 // __constant address space. 6433 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6434 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6435 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6436 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6437 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6438 return; 6439 } 6440 6441 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6442 // scope. 6443 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6444 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6445 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6446 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6447 return; 6448 } 6449 6450 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6451 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6452 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6453 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6454 else { 6455 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6456 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6457 } 6458 } 6459 6460 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6461 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6462 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6463 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6464 6465 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6466 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6467 bool SizeIsNegative; 6468 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6469 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6470 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6471 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6472 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6473 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6474 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6475 // int a[10][n]; 6476 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6477 6478 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6479 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6480 << SizeRange; 6481 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6482 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6483 << SizeRange; 6484 else 6485 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6486 << SizeRange; 6487 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6488 return; 6489 } 6490 6491 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6492 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6493 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6494 else 6495 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6496 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6497 return; 6498 } 6499 6500 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6501 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6502 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6503 } 6504 6505 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6506 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6507 // of objects and functions. 6508 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6509 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6510 << T; 6511 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6512 return; 6513 } 6514 } 6515 6516 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6517 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6518 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6519 return; 6520 } 6521 6522 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6523 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6524 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6525 return; 6526 } 6527 6528 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6529 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6530 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6531 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6532 return; 6533 } 6534 } 6535 6536 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6537 /// declaration. 6538 /// 6539 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6540 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6541 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6542 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6543 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6544 /// 6545 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6546 /// 6547 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6548 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6549 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6550 6551 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6552 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6553 return false; 6554 6555 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6556 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6557 if (Previous.empty() && 6558 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6559 Previous.setShadowed(); 6560 6561 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6562 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6563 return true; 6564 } 6565 return false; 6566 } 6567 6568 namespace { 6569 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6570 Sema *S; 6571 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6572 6573 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6574 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6575 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6576 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6577 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6578 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6579 6580 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6581 6582 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6583 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6584 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6585 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6586 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6587 6588 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6589 } 6590 6591 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6592 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6593 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6594 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6595 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6596 return true; 6597 } 6598 } 6599 6600 return false; 6601 } 6602 }; 6603 6604 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6605 } // end anonymous namespace 6606 6607 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6608 /// overriden methods. 6609 /// 6610 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6611 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6612 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6613 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6614 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6615 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6616 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6617 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6618 I != E; ++I) { 6619 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6620 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6621 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6622 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6623 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6624 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6625 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6626 } 6627 } 6628 6629 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6630 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6631 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6632 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6633 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6634 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6635 FOM.Method = MD; 6636 FOM.S = this; 6637 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6638 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6639 bool AddedAny = false; 6640 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6641 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6642 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6643 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6644 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6645 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6646 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6647 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6648 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6649 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6650 AddedAny = true; 6651 } 6652 } 6653 } 6654 } 6655 6656 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6657 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6658 } 6659 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6660 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6661 } 6662 6663 return AddedAny; 6664 } 6665 6666 namespace { 6667 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6668 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6669 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6670 Scope *S; 6671 Declarator &D; 6672 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6673 bool AddToScope; 6674 }; 6675 } 6676 6677 namespace { 6678 6679 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6680 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6681 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6682 public: 6683 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6684 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6685 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6686 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6687 6688 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6689 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6690 return false; 6691 6692 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6693 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6694 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6695 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6696 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6697 6698 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6699 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6700 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6701 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6702 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6703 return true; 6704 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6705 return true; 6706 } 6707 } 6708 } 6709 6710 return false; 6711 } 6712 6713 private: 6714 ASTContext &Context; 6715 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6716 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6717 }; 6718 6719 } 6720 6721 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6722 /// 6723 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6724 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6725 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6726 /// the same name. 6727 /// 6728 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6729 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6730 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6731 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6732 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6733 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6734 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6735 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6736 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6737 TypoCorrection Correction; 6738 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6739 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6740 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6741 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6742 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6743 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6744 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6745 6746 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6747 if (IsLocalFriend) 6748 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6749 else 6750 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6751 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6752 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6753 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6754 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6755 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6756 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6757 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6758 if (FD && 6759 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6760 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6761 // involve a parameter 6762 unsigned ParamNum = 6763 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6764 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6765 } 6766 } 6767 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6768 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6769 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6770 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6771 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6772 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6773 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6774 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6775 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6776 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6777 Previous.clear(); 6778 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6779 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6780 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6781 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6782 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6783 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6784 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6785 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6786 } 6787 } 6788 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6789 6790 NamedDecl *Result; 6791 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6792 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6793 { 6794 // Trap errors. 6795 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6796 6797 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6798 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6799 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6800 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6801 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6802 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6803 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6804 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6805 6806 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6807 Result = nullptr; 6808 } 6809 6810 if (Result) { 6811 // Determine which correction we picked. 6812 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6813 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6814 I != E; ++I) 6815 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6816 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6817 6818 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6819 Correction, 6820 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6821 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6822 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6823 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6824 return Result; 6825 } 6826 6827 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6828 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6829 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6830 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6831 Previous.clear(); 6832 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6833 } 6834 6835 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6836 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6837 6838 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6839 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6840 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6841 6842 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6843 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6844 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6845 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6846 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6847 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6848 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6849 6850 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6851 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6852 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6853 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6854 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6855 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6856 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6857 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6858 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6859 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6860 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6861 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6862 } else 6863 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6864 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6865 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6866 } 6867 return nullptr; 6868 } 6869 6870 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6871 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6872 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6873 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6874 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6875 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6876 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6877 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6878 D.setInvalidType(); 6879 break; 6880 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6881 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6883 return SC_None; 6884 return SC_Extern; 6885 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6886 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6887 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6888 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6889 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6890 // other than extern 6891 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6892 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6893 diag::err_static_block_func); 6894 break; 6895 } else 6896 return SC_Static; 6897 } 6898 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6899 } 6900 6901 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6902 return SC_None; 6903 } 6904 6905 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6906 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6908 StorageClass SC, 6909 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6910 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6911 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6912 6913 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6914 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6915 6916 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6917 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6918 // prototype. This true when: 6919 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6920 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6921 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6922 bool HasPrototype = 6923 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6924 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6925 6926 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6927 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6928 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6929 HasPrototype, false); 6930 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6931 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6932 6933 return NewFD; 6934 } 6935 6936 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6937 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6938 6939 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6940 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6941 // the class has been completely parsed. 6942 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6943 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6944 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6945 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6946 D.setInvalidType(); 6947 6948 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6949 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6950 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6951 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6952 6953 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6954 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6955 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6956 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6957 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6958 isConstexpr); 6959 6960 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6961 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6962 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6963 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6964 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6965 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6966 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6967 D.getLocStart(), 6968 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6969 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6970 6971 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6972 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6973 // it yet. 6974 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6975 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6976 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6977 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6978 } 6979 6980 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6981 return NewDD; 6982 6983 } else { 6984 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6985 D.setInvalidType(); 6986 6987 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6988 // code path. 6989 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6990 D.getLocStart(), 6991 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6992 SC, isInline, 6993 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6994 } 6995 6996 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6997 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6998 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6999 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 7000 return nullptr; 7001 } 7002 7003 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 7004 IsVirtualOkay = true; 7005 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7006 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 7007 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 7008 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7009 7010 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 7011 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 7012 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 7013 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 7014 // constructor if it has no return type). 7015 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 7016 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 7017 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 7018 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 7019 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7020 return nullptr; 7021 } 7022 7023 // This is a C++ method declaration. 7024 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 7025 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 7026 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 7027 TInfo, SC, isInline, 7028 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 7029 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 7030 return Ret; 7031 } else { 7032 bool isFriend = 7033 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7034 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 7035 return nullptr; 7036 7037 // Determine whether the function was written with a 7038 // prototype. This true when: 7039 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 7040 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 7041 D.getLocStart(), 7042 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 7043 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 7044 } 7045 } 7046 7047 enum OpenCLParamType { 7048 ValidKernelParam, 7049 PtrPtrKernelParam, 7050 PtrKernelParam, 7051 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 7052 InvalidKernelParam, 7053 RecordKernelParam 7054 }; 7055 7056 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7057 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7058 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7059 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7060 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7061 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7062 : PtrKernelParam; 7063 } 7064 7065 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7066 // be used as builtin types. 7067 7068 if (PT->isImageType()) 7069 return PtrKernelParam; 7070 7071 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7072 return InvalidKernelParam; 7073 7074 if (PT->isEventT()) 7075 return InvalidKernelParam; 7076 7077 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7078 return InvalidKernelParam; 7079 7080 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7081 return RecordKernelParam; 7082 7083 return ValidKernelParam; 7084 } 7085 7086 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7087 Sema &S, 7088 Declarator &D, 7089 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7090 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7091 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7092 7093 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7094 // used again 7095 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7096 return; 7097 7098 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7099 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7100 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7101 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7102 // pointer to a pointer type. 7103 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7104 D.setInvalidType(); 7105 return; 7106 7107 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7108 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7109 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7110 // pointer to the private address space. 7111 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7112 D.setInvalidType(); 7113 return; 7114 7115 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7116 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7117 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7118 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7119 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7120 7121 case InvalidKernelParam: 7122 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7123 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7124 // of event_t type. 7125 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7126 D.setInvalidType(); 7127 return; 7128 7129 case PtrKernelParam: 7130 case ValidKernelParam: 7131 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7132 return; 7133 7134 case RecordKernelParam: 7135 break; 7136 } 7137 7138 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7139 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7140 7141 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7142 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7143 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7144 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7145 7146 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7147 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7148 7149 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7150 7151 do { 7152 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7153 if (!Next) { 7154 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7155 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7156 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7157 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7158 7159 continue; 7160 } 7161 7162 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7163 // field itself) to the history stack. 7164 const RecordDecl *RD; 7165 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7166 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7167 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7168 } else { 7169 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7170 } 7171 7172 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7173 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7174 7175 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7176 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7177 7178 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7179 continue; 7180 7181 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7182 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7183 continue; 7184 7185 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7186 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7187 continue; 7188 } 7189 7190 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7191 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7192 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7193 // union. 7194 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7195 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7196 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7197 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7198 << PT->isUnionType() 7199 << PT; 7200 } else { 7201 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7202 } 7203 7204 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7205 << PD->getDeclName(); 7206 7207 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7208 // the offending field came from 7209 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7210 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7211 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7212 I != E; ++I) { 7213 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7214 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7215 << OuterField->getType(); 7216 } 7217 7218 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7219 << QT->isPointerType() 7220 << QT; 7221 D.setInvalidType(); 7222 return; 7223 } 7224 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7225 } 7226 7227 NamedDecl* 7228 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7229 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7230 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7231 bool &AddToScope) { 7232 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7233 7234 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7235 7236 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7237 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7238 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7239 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7240 7241 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7242 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7243 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7244 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7245 7246 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7247 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 7248 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7249 7250 bool isFriend = false; 7251 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7252 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7253 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7254 7255 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7256 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7257 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7258 7259 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7260 7261 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7262 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7263 7264 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7265 isVirtualOkay); 7266 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7267 7268 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7269 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7270 7271 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7272 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7273 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7274 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7275 7276 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7277 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7278 7279 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7280 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7281 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7282 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7283 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7284 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7285 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7286 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7287 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7288 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7289 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7290 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7291 } 7292 7293 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7294 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7295 // return true). 7296 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7297 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7298 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7299 NewFD->setPure(true); 7300 7301 // C++ [class.union]p2 7302 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7303 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7304 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7305 } 7306 7307 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7308 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7309 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7310 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7311 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7312 7313 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7314 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7315 bool Invalid = false; 7316 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7317 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7318 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7319 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7320 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7321 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7322 : nullptr, 7323 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7324 Invalid)) { 7325 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7326 // This is a function template 7327 7328 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7329 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7331 7332 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7333 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7334 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7335 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7336 } 7337 7338 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7339 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7340 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7341 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7342 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7343 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7344 Invalid = true; 7345 } 7346 7347 7348 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7349 NewFD->getLocation(), 7350 Name, TemplateParams, 7351 NewFD); 7352 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7353 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7354 7355 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7356 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7357 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7358 TemplateParamLists.drop_back(1)); 7359 } 7360 } else { 7361 // This is a function template specialization. 7362 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7363 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7364 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7365 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7366 7367 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7368 if (isFriend) { 7369 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7370 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7371 7372 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7373 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7374 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7375 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7376 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7377 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7378 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7379 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7380 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7381 } 7382 7383 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7384 << Name << RemoveRange 7385 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7386 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7387 } 7388 } 7389 } 7390 else { 7391 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7392 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7393 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7394 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7395 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 7396 } 7397 7398 if (Invalid) { 7399 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7400 if (FunctionTemplate) 7401 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7402 } 7403 7404 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7405 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7406 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7407 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7408 // 7409 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7410 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7411 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7412 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7413 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7414 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7415 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7416 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7417 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7418 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7419 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7420 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7422 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7424 } else { 7425 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7426 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7427 } 7428 7429 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7430 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7431 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7432 } 7433 7434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7435 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7436 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7437 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7438 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7439 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7440 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7441 // thing to do. 7442 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7443 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7444 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7445 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7446 QualType Result = 7447 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7448 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7449 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7450 } 7451 7452 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7453 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7454 // declaration. 7455 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7456 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7457 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7458 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7459 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7460 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7461 } 7462 } 7463 7464 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7465 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7466 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7467 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7468 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7469 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7470 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7471 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7472 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7473 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7474 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7475 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7476 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7477 // or conversion function. 7478 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7479 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7480 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7481 } 7482 } 7483 7484 if (isConstexpr) { 7485 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7486 // are implicitly inline. 7487 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7488 7489 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7490 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7491 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7492 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7494 } 7495 7496 if (isConcept) { 7497 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7498 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7499 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7500 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7501 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7503 } 7504 7505 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A function concept shall 7506 // have no exception-specification and is treated as if it were specified 7507 // with noexcept(true) (15.4). [...] 7508 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7509 if (FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 7510 SourceRange Range; 7511 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) 7512 Range = D.getFunctionTypeInfo().getExceptionSpecRange(); 7513 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_concept_exception_spec) 7514 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range); 7515 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7516 } else { 7517 Context.adjustExceptionSpec(NewFD, EST_BasicNoexcept); 7518 } 7519 } 7520 7521 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7522 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7523 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7524 7525 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: A concept definition shall not 7526 // be declared with the thread_local, inline, friend, or constexpr 7527 // specifiers, [...] 7528 if (isInline) { 7529 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7530 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7531 << 1 << 1; 7532 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7533 } 7534 7535 if (isFriend) { 7536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getFriendSpecLoc(), 7537 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7538 << 1 << 2; 7539 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7540 } 7541 7542 if (isConstexpr) { 7543 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 7544 diag::err_concept_decl_invalid_specifiers) 7545 << 1 << 3; 7546 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7547 } 7548 } 7549 7550 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7551 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7552 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7553 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7554 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7555 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7556 << 0 7557 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7558 } else { 7559 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7560 if (FunctionTemplate) 7561 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7562 } 7563 } 7564 7565 if (isFriend) { 7566 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7567 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7568 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7569 } 7570 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7571 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7572 } 7573 7574 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7575 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7576 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7577 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7578 case FDK_Declaration: 7579 case FDK_Definition: 7580 break; 7581 7582 case FDK_Defaulted: 7583 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7584 break; 7585 7586 case FDK_Deleted: 7587 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7588 break; 7589 } 7590 7591 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7592 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7593 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7594 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7595 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7596 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7597 } 7598 7599 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7600 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7601 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7602 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7603 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7604 // the class. 7605 7606 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7607 // member function definition. 7608 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7609 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7610 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7611 } 7612 7613 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7614 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7615 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7616 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7617 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7618 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7619 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7620 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7621 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7622 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7623 } 7624 7625 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7626 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7627 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7628 isExplicitSpecialization || 7629 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7630 7631 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7632 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7633 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7634 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7635 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7636 SE->getString(), 0)); 7637 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7638 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7639 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7640 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7641 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7642 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7643 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7644 } else 7645 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7646 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7647 } 7648 } 7649 7650 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7651 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7652 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7653 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7654 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7655 7656 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7657 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7658 // single void argument. 7659 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7660 // already checks for that case. 7661 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7662 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7663 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7664 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7665 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7666 Params.push_back(Param); 7667 7668 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7669 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7670 } 7671 } 7672 7673 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7674 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7675 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7676 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7677 // 7678 // @code 7679 // typedef void fn(int); 7680 // fn f; 7681 // @endcode 7682 7683 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7684 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7685 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7686 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7687 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7688 Params.push_back(Param); 7689 } 7690 } else { 7691 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7692 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7693 } 7694 7695 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7696 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7697 7698 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7699 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7700 // 7701 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7702 // 7703 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7704 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7705 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7706 7707 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7708 NewFD->addAttr( 7709 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7710 Context, 0)); 7711 7712 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7713 // because all functions have linkage. 7714 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7715 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7716 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7717 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7718 } 7719 7720 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7721 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7722 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7723 NewFD->addAttr( 7724 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7725 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7726 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7727 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7728 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7729 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7730 NewFD)) 7731 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7732 } 7733 7734 // Handle attributes. 7735 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7736 7737 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7738 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7739 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7740 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7741 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7742 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7743 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7744 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7745 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7746 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7747 } 7748 } 7749 7750 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7751 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7752 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7753 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7754 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7755 7756 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7757 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7758 7759 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7760 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7761 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7762 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7763 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7764 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7765 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7766 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7767 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7768 7769 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7770 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7771 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7772 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7773 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7774 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7775 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7776 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7777 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7778 int DiagID = 7779 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7780 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7781 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7782 } 7783 } 7784 } else { 7785 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7786 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7787 // 7788 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7789 // 7790 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7791 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7792 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7793 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7794 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7795 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7796 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7797 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7798 7799 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7800 // argument list into our AST format. 7801 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7802 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7803 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7804 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7805 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7806 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7807 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7808 TemplateArgs); 7809 7810 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7811 7812 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7813 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7814 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7815 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7816 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7817 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7818 7819 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7820 } else { 7821 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7822 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7823 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7824 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7825 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7826 } 7827 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7828 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7829 // wrote something like: 7830 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7831 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7832 // friend void foo<>(int); 7833 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7834 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7835 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7836 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7837 } 7838 7839 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7840 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7841 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7842 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7843 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7844 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7845 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7846 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7847 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7848 InstantiationDependent))) { 7849 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7850 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7851 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7852 Previous)) 7853 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7854 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7855 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7856 && !isFriend) { 7857 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7858 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7859 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7860 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7861 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7862 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7863 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7864 : nullptr), 7865 Previous)) 7866 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7867 7868 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7869 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7870 // specialization (14.7.3) 7871 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7872 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7873 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7874 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7875 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7876 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7877 << SC 7878 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7879 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7880 7881 else 7882 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7883 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7884 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7885 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7886 } 7887 7888 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7889 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7890 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7891 } 7892 7893 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7894 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7895 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7896 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7897 7898 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7899 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7900 7901 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7902 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7903 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7904 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7905 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7906 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7907 } 7908 7909 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7910 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7911 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7912 7913 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7914 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7915 : NewFD); 7916 7917 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7918 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7919 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7920 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7921 7922 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7923 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7924 } 7925 7926 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7927 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7928 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7929 7930 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7931 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7932 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7933 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7934 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7935 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7936 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7937 : nullptr, 7938 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7939 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7940 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7941 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7942 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7943 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7944 DC->isDependentContext()) 7945 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7946 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7947 } 7948 7949 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7950 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7951 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7952 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7953 AddToScope }; 7954 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7955 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7956 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7957 7958 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7959 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7960 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7961 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7962 7963 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7964 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7965 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7966 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7967 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7968 // can actually do this check immediately. 7969 if (isFriend && 7970 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7971 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7972 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7973 // ignore these 7974 } else { 7975 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7976 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7977 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7978 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7979 // 7980 // class X { 7981 // void f() const; 7982 // }; 7983 // 7984 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7985 // 7986 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7987 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7988 // whether the parameter types are references). 7989 7990 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7991 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7992 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7993 return Result; 7994 } 7995 } 7996 7997 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7998 // to something. 7999 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 8000 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8001 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 8002 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 8003 return Result; 8004 } 8005 } 8006 8007 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 8008 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 8009 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 8010 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 8011 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 8012 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 8013 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 8014 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 8015 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 8016 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 8017 // generate them. 8018 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 8019 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 8020 } 8021 } 8022 8023 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 8024 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 8025 8026 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 8027 8028 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 8029 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 8030 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 8031 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 8032 << NewFD; 8033 8034 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 8035 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 8036 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 8037 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 8038 EPI.Variadic = true; 8039 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 8040 8041 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 8042 NewFD->setType(R); 8043 } 8044 8045 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 8046 // member, set the visibility of this function. 8047 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 8048 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 8049 8050 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 8051 // marking the function. 8052 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 8053 8054 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 8055 // a pragma. 8056 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 8057 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 8058 8059 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 8060 // the map of such variables. 8061 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8062 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 8063 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 8064 8065 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 8066 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 8067 8068 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 8069 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 8070 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 8071 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 8072 } 8073 8074 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8075 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8076 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 8077 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8078 return FunctionTemplate; 8079 } 8080 } 8081 8082 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 8083 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 8084 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 8085 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 8086 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 8087 D.setInvalidType(); 8088 } 8089 8090 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 8091 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8092 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8093 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8094 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8095 : FixItHint()); 8096 D.setInvalidType(); 8097 } 8098 8099 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8100 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8101 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8102 } 8103 8104 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8105 8106 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8107 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8108 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8109 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8110 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8111 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8112 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8113 8114 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8115 } 8116 } 8117 8118 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8119 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8120 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8121 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8122 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8123 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8124 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8125 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8126 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8127 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8128 AddToScope = false; 8129 } 8130 8131 return NewFD; 8132 } 8133 8134 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8135 /// 8136 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8137 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8138 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8139 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8140 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8141 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8142 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8143 /// 8144 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8145 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8146 /// 8147 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8148 /// 8149 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8150 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8151 LookupResult &Previous, 8152 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8153 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8154 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8155 8156 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8157 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8158 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8159 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8160 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8161 8162 bool Redeclaration = false; 8163 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8164 8165 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8166 // the same name, if appropriate. 8167 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8168 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8169 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8170 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8171 // function to the scope. 8172 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8173 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8174 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8175 Redeclaration = true; 8176 OldDecl = Candidate; 8177 } 8178 } else { 8179 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8180 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8181 case Ovl_Match: 8182 Redeclaration = true; 8183 break; 8184 8185 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8186 Redeclaration = true; 8187 break; 8188 8189 case Ovl_Overload: 8190 Redeclaration = false; 8191 break; 8192 } 8193 8194 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8195 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8196 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8197 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8198 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8199 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8200 if (Redeclaration) 8201 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8202 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8203 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8204 if (OverloadedDecl) 8205 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8206 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8207 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8208 } 8209 } 8210 } 8211 8212 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8213 if (!Redeclaration && 8214 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8215 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8216 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8217 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8218 Redeclaration = true; 8219 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8220 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8221 8222 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8223 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8224 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8226 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8227 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8228 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8229 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8230 } 8231 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8232 Redeclaration = false; 8233 OldDecl = nullptr; 8234 } 8235 } 8236 } 8237 } 8238 8239 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8240 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8241 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8242 // 8243 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8244 // definition of a static member function. 8245 // 8246 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8247 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8248 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8249 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8250 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8251 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8252 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8253 if (OldDecl) 8254 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8255 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8256 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8257 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8258 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8259 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8260 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8261 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8262 8263 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8264 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8265 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8266 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8267 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8268 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8269 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8270 8271 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8272 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8273 } 8274 } 8275 } 8276 8277 if (Redeclaration) { 8278 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8279 // merged. 8280 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8281 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8282 return Redeclaration; 8283 } 8284 8285 Previous.clear(); 8286 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8287 8288 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8289 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8290 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8291 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8292 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8293 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8294 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8295 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8296 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8297 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8298 } 8299 8300 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8301 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8302 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8303 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8304 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8305 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8306 } 8307 8308 } else { 8309 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8310 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8311 8312 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8313 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8314 } 8315 } 8316 8317 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8318 8319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8320 // C++-specific checks. 8321 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8322 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8323 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8324 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8325 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8326 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8327 8328 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8329 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8330 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8331 DeclarationName Name 8332 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8333 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8334 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8335 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8336 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8337 return Redeclaration; 8338 } 8339 } 8340 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8341 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8342 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8343 } 8344 8345 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8346 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8347 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8348 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8349 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8350 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8351 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8352 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8353 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8354 } 8355 } 8356 } 8357 8358 if (Method->isStatic()) 8359 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8360 } 8361 8362 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8363 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8364 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8365 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8366 return Redeclaration; 8367 } 8368 8369 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8370 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8371 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8372 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8373 return Redeclaration; 8374 } 8375 8376 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8377 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8378 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8379 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8380 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8381 8382 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8383 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8384 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8385 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8386 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8387 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8388 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8389 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8390 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8391 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8392 } 8393 } 8394 8395 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8396 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8397 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8398 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8399 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8400 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8401 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8402 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8403 << NewFD << R; 8404 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8405 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8406 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8407 } 8408 } 8409 return Redeclaration; 8410 } 8411 8412 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8413 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8414 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8415 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8416 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8417 // appear in a declaration of main. 8418 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8419 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8420 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8421 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8422 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8423 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8424 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8425 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8426 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8427 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8428 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8429 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8430 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8431 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8432 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8433 } 8434 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8435 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8436 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8437 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8438 } 8439 8440 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8441 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8442 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8443 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8444 return; 8445 } 8446 8447 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8448 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8449 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8450 8451 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8452 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8453 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8454 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8455 8456 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8457 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8458 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8459 else { 8460 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8461 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8462 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8463 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8464 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8465 } 8466 } else { 8467 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8468 // set the flag which tells us that. 8469 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8470 8471 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8472 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8473 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8474 else { 8475 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8476 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8477 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8478 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8479 : FixItHint()); 8480 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8481 } 8482 } 8483 8484 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8485 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8486 8487 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8488 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8489 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8490 8491 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8492 8493 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8494 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8495 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8496 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8497 } 8498 8499 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8500 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8501 // getting shifty. 8502 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8503 HasExtraParameters = false; 8504 8505 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8506 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8507 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8508 nparams = 3; 8509 } 8510 8511 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8512 // if we had some location information about types. 8513 8514 QualType CharPP = 8515 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8516 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8517 8518 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8519 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8520 8521 bool mismatch = true; 8522 8523 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8524 mismatch = false; 8525 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8526 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8527 // char const ** 8528 // char const * const * 8529 // char * const * 8530 8531 QualifierCollector qs; 8532 const PointerType* PT; 8533 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8534 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8535 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8536 Context.CharTy)) { 8537 qs.removeConst(); 8538 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8539 } 8540 } 8541 8542 if (mismatch) { 8543 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8544 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8545 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8546 } 8547 } 8548 8549 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8550 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8551 } 8552 8553 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8554 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8555 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8556 } 8557 } 8558 8559 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8560 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8561 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8562 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8563 8564 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8565 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8566 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8567 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8568 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8569 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8570 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8571 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8572 8573 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8575 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8576 } 8577 } 8578 8579 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8580 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8581 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8582 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8583 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8584 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8585 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8586 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8587 // rules there don't matter.) 8588 const Expr *Culprit; 8589 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8590 return false; 8591 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8592 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8593 return true; 8594 } 8595 8596 namespace { 8597 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8598 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8599 class SelfReferenceChecker 8600 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8601 Sema &S; 8602 Decl *OrigDecl; 8603 bool isRecordType; 8604 bool isPODType; 8605 bool isReferenceType; 8606 8607 bool isInitList; 8608 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8609 public: 8610 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8611 8612 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8613 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8614 isPODType = false; 8615 isRecordType = false; 8616 isReferenceType = false; 8617 isInitList = false; 8618 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8619 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8620 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8621 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8622 } 8623 } 8624 8625 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8626 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8627 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8628 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8629 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8630 if (!InitList) { 8631 Visit(E); 8632 return; 8633 } 8634 8635 // Track and increment the index here. 8636 isInitList = true; 8637 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8638 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8639 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8640 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8641 } 8642 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8643 } 8644 8645 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8646 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8647 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8648 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8649 Expr *Base = E; 8650 bool ReferenceField = false; 8651 8652 // Get the field memebers used. 8653 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8654 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8655 if (!FD) 8656 return false; 8657 Fields.push_back(FD); 8658 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8659 ReferenceField = true; 8660 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8661 } 8662 8663 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8664 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8665 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8666 return false; 8667 8668 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8669 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8670 return true; 8671 8672 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8673 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8674 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8675 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8676 8677 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8678 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8679 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8680 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8681 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8682 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8683 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8684 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8685 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8686 return true; 8687 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8688 break; 8689 } 8690 8691 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8692 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8693 return true; 8694 } 8695 8696 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8697 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8698 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8699 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8700 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8701 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8702 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8703 return; 8704 } 8705 8706 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8707 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8708 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8709 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8710 return; 8711 } 8712 8713 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8714 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8715 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8716 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8717 return; 8718 } 8719 8720 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8721 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8722 return; 8723 } 8724 8725 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8726 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8727 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8728 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8729 return; 8730 } 8731 } 8732 8733 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8734 if (isInitList) { 8735 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8736 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8737 return; 8738 } 8739 8740 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8741 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8742 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8743 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8744 return; 8745 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8746 } 8747 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8748 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8749 return; 8750 } 8751 8752 Visit(E); 8753 } 8754 8755 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8756 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8757 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8758 if (isReferenceType) 8759 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8760 } 8761 8762 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8763 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8764 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8765 return; 8766 } 8767 8768 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8769 } 8770 8771 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8772 if (isInitList) { 8773 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8774 return; 8775 } 8776 8777 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8778 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8779 8780 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8781 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8782 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8783 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8784 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8785 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8786 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8787 Warn = false; 8788 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8789 } 8790 8791 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8792 if (Warn) 8793 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8794 return; 8795 } 8796 8797 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8798 // Visit that expression. 8799 Visit(Base); 8800 } 8801 8802 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8803 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8804 8805 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8806 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8807 8808 Visit(Callee); 8809 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8810 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8811 } 8812 8813 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8814 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8815 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8816 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8817 if (!isPODType) 8818 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8819 return; 8820 } 8821 8822 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8823 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8824 return; 8825 } 8826 8827 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8828 } 8829 8830 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8831 8832 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8833 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8834 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8835 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8836 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8837 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8838 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8839 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8840 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8841 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8842 return; 8843 } 8844 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8845 } 8846 8847 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8848 // Treat std::move as a use. 8849 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8850 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8851 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8852 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8853 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8854 return; 8855 } 8856 } 8857 } 8858 8859 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8860 } 8861 8862 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8863 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8864 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8865 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8866 return; 8867 } 8868 8869 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8870 } 8871 8872 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8873 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8874 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8875 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8876 Visit(E->getCond()); 8877 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8878 } 8879 8880 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8881 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8882 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8883 unsigned diag; 8884 if (isReferenceType) { 8885 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8886 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8887 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8888 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8889 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8890 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8891 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8892 } else { 8893 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8894 return; 8895 } 8896 8897 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8898 S.PDiag(diag) 8899 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8900 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8901 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8902 } 8903 }; 8904 8905 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8906 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8907 bool DirectInit) { 8908 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8909 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8910 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8911 return; 8912 8913 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8914 8915 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8916 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8917 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8918 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8919 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8920 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8921 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8922 return; 8923 8924 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8925 } 8926 } 8927 8928 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8929 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8930 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8931 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8932 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8933 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8934 // the initializer. 8935 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8936 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8937 return; 8938 } 8939 8940 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8941 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8942 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8943 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8944 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8945 return; 8946 } 8947 8948 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8949 if (!VDecl) { 8950 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8951 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8952 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8953 return; 8954 } 8955 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8956 8957 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8958 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8959 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8960 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8961 // TypoExpr. 8962 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8963 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8964 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8965 return; 8966 } 8967 8968 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8969 Init = Res.get(); 8970 if (CXXDirectInit) 8971 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8972 } 8973 8974 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8975 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8976 // contains exactly one expression. 8977 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8978 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8979 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8980 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8981 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8982 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8983 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8984 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8985 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8986 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8987 return; 8988 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8989 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8990 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8991 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8992 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8993 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8994 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8995 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8996 return; 8997 } else { 8998 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8999 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 9000 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 9001 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 9002 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 9003 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 9004 } 9005 } 9006 9007 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 9008 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 9009 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 9010 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9011 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9012 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9013 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9014 return; 9015 } 9016 Init = Result.get(); 9017 DefaultedToAuto = true; 9018 } 9019 9020 QualType DeducedType; 9021 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 9022 DAR_Failed) 9023 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 9024 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 9025 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9026 return; 9027 } 9028 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 9029 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 9030 9031 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 9032 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 9033 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9034 9035 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 9036 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 9037 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 9038 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 9039 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 9040 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 9041 SourceLocation Loc = 9042 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 9043 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 9044 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 9045 } 9046 9047 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 9048 // the previously declared type. 9049 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 9050 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 9051 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 9052 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 9053 } 9054 9055 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 9056 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 9057 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9058 return; 9059 9060 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 9061 // we implement N3922. 9062 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 9063 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 9064 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 9065 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 9066 } 9067 } 9068 9069 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 9070 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 9071 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 9072 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9073 return; 9074 } 9075 9076 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 9077 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 9078 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 9079 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9080 return; 9081 } 9082 9083 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 9084 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 9085 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 9086 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 9087 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 9088 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 9089 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 9090 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 9091 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9092 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9093 return; 9094 } 9095 9096 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9097 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9098 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9099 AbstractVariableType)) 9100 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9101 } 9102 9103 VarDecl *Def; 9104 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9105 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9106 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9107 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9108 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9109 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9110 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9111 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9112 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9113 } else { 9114 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9115 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9116 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9117 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9118 return; 9119 } 9120 } 9121 9122 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9123 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9124 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9125 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9126 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9127 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9128 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9129 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9130 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9131 // 9132 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9133 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9134 // declaration with an initializer. 9135 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9136 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9137 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9138 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9139 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9140 << 0; 9141 return; 9142 } 9143 9144 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9145 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9146 9147 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9148 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9149 return; 9150 } 9151 } 9152 9153 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9154 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9155 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9156 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9157 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9158 return; 9159 } 9160 9161 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9162 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9163 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9164 9165 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9166 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9167 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9168 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9169 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9170 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9171 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9172 return; 9173 } 9174 Init = Result.get(); 9175 } 9176 9177 // Perform the initialization. 9178 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9179 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9180 InitializationKind Kind 9181 = DirectInit ? 9182 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9183 Init->getLocStart(), 9184 Init->getLocEnd()) 9185 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9186 VDecl->getLocation()) 9187 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9188 Init->getLocStart()); 9189 9190 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9191 if (CXXDirectInit) 9192 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9193 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9194 9195 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9196 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9197 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9198 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9199 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9200 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9201 }); 9202 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9203 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9204 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9205 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9206 } 9207 } 9208 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9209 return; 9210 9211 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9212 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9213 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9214 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9215 return; 9216 } 9217 9218 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9219 } 9220 9221 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9222 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9223 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9224 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9225 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9226 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9227 } 9228 9229 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9230 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9231 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9232 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9233 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9234 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9235 9236 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9237 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9238 9239 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9240 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9241 9242 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9243 // Although this code can still have problems: 9244 // id x = self.weakProp; 9245 // id y = self.weakProp; 9246 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9247 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9248 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9249 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9250 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9251 Init->getLocStart())) 9252 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9253 } 9254 9255 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9256 // 9257 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9258 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9259 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9260 // 9261 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9262 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9263 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9264 // 9265 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9266 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9267 false, 9268 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9269 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9270 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9271 return; 9272 } 9273 Init = Result.get(); 9274 9275 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9276 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9277 9278 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9279 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9280 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9281 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9282 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9283 const Expr *Culprit; 9284 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9285 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9286 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9287 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9288 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9289 // constant expressions. 9290 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9291 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9292 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9293 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9294 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9295 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9296 } 9297 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9298 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9299 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9300 // 9301 // struct S { 9302 // static const int value = 17; 9303 // }; 9304 9305 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9306 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9307 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9308 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9309 // 9310 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9311 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9312 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9313 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9314 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9315 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9316 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9317 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9318 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9319 9320 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9321 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9322 9323 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9324 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9325 // type. 9326 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9327 9328 // Require constness. 9329 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9330 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9331 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9332 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9333 9334 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9335 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9336 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9337 SourceLocation Loc; 9338 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9339 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9340 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9341 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9342 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9343 ; // Nothing to check. 9344 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9345 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9346 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9347 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9348 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9349 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9350 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9351 } else { 9352 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9353 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9354 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9355 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9356 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9357 } 9358 9359 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9360 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9361 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9362 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9363 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9364 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9365 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9366 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9367 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9368 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9369 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9370 } else { 9371 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9372 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9373 9374 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9375 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9376 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9377 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9378 } 9379 } 9380 9381 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9382 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9383 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9384 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9385 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9386 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9387 9388 } else { 9389 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9390 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9391 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9392 } 9393 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9394 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9395 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9396 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9397 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9398 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9399 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9400 9401 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9402 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9403 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9404 } 9405 9406 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9407 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9408 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9409 // 9410 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9411 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9412 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9413 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9414 // special case code. 9415 9416 // C++ 8.5p11: 9417 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9418 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9419 // class type. 9420 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9421 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9422 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9423 } else if (DirectInit) { 9424 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9425 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9426 } 9427 9428 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9429 } 9430 9431 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9432 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9433 /// of sanity. 9434 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9435 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9436 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9437 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9438 9439 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9440 if (!VD) return; 9441 9442 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9443 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9444 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9445 return; 9446 } 9447 9448 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9449 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9450 9451 // Require a complete type. 9452 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9453 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9454 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9455 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9456 return; 9457 } 9458 9459 // Require a non-abstract type. 9460 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9461 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9462 AbstractVariableType)) { 9463 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9464 return; 9465 } 9466 9467 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9468 // though. 9469 } 9470 9471 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9472 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9473 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9474 if (!RealDecl) 9475 return; 9476 9477 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9478 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9479 9480 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9481 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9482 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9483 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9484 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9485 return; 9486 } 9487 9488 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9489 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9490 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9491 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9492 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9493 // member. 9494 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9495 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9496 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9497 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9498 << Var->getDeclName(); 9499 else 9500 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9501 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9502 return; 9503 } 9504 9505 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9506 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9507 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9508 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9509 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9510 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9511 return; 9512 } 9513 9514 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9515 // be initialized. 9516 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9517 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9518 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9519 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9520 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9521 return; 9522 } 9523 9524 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9525 case VarDecl::Definition: 9526 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9527 break; 9528 9529 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9530 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9531 // a declaration. 9532 // 9533 // Fall through 9534 9535 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9536 // It's only a declaration. 9537 9538 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9539 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9540 // object shall be complete. 9541 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9542 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9543 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9544 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9545 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9546 9547 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9548 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9549 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9550 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9551 AbstractVariableType)) 9552 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9553 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9554 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9555 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9556 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9557 } 9558 9559 return; 9560 9561 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9562 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9563 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9564 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9565 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9566 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9567 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9568 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9569 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9570 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9571 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9572 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9573 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9574 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9575 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9576 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9577 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9578 // NOTE: code such as the following 9579 // static struct s; 9580 // struct s { int a; }; 9581 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9582 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9583 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9584 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9585 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9586 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9587 } 9588 } 9589 9590 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9591 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9592 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9593 return; 9594 } 9595 9596 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9597 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9598 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9599 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9600 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9601 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9602 return; 9603 } 9604 9605 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9606 // definitions with reference type. 9607 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9608 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9609 << Var->getDeclName() 9610 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9611 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9612 return; 9613 } 9614 9615 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9616 // variable with dependent type. 9617 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9618 return; 9619 9620 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9621 return; 9622 9623 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9624 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9625 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9626 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9627 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9628 return; 9629 } 9630 } else { 9631 return; 9632 } 9633 9634 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9635 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9636 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9637 AbstractVariableType)) { 9638 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9639 return; 9640 } 9641 9642 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9643 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9644 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9645 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9646 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9647 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9648 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9649 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9650 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9651 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9653 if (const RecordType *Record 9654 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9655 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9656 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9657 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9658 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9659 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9660 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9661 } 9662 } 9663 9664 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9665 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9666 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9667 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9668 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9669 // type shall have a user-declared default 9670 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9671 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9672 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9673 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9674 // program is ill-formed. 9675 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9676 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9677 // default-initialized; [...]. 9678 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9679 InitializationKind Kind 9680 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9681 9682 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9683 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9684 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9685 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9686 else if (Init.get()) { 9687 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9688 // This is important for template substitution. 9689 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9690 } 9691 9692 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9693 } 9694 } 9695 9696 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9697 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9698 if (!VD) { 9699 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9700 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9701 return; 9702 } 9703 9704 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9705 9706 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9707 int Error = -1; 9708 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9709 case SC_None: 9710 break; 9711 case SC_Extern: 9712 Error = 0; 9713 break; 9714 case SC_Static: 9715 Error = 1; 9716 break; 9717 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9718 Error = 2; 9719 break; 9720 case SC_Auto: 9721 Error = 3; 9722 break; 9723 case SC_Register: 9724 Error = 4; 9725 break; 9726 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9727 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9728 } 9729 if (Error != -1) { 9730 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9731 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9732 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9733 } 9734 } 9735 9736 StmtResult 9737 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9738 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9739 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9740 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9741 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9742 // A range-based for statement of the form 9743 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9744 // is equivalent to 9745 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9746 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9747 9748 const char *PrevSpec; 9749 unsigned DiagID; 9750 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9751 getPrintingPolicy()); 9752 9753 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9754 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9755 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9756 9757 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9758 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9759 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9760 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9761 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9762 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9763 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9764 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9765 } 9766 9767 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9768 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9769 9770 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9771 // local retaining variable. 9772 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9773 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9774 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9775 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9776 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9777 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9778 break; 9779 9780 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9781 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9782 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9783 break; 9784 } 9785 } 9786 9787 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9788 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9789 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9790 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9791 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9792 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9793 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9794 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9795 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9796 var->getLocation())) { 9797 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9798 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9799 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9800 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9801 9802 if (!prev) 9803 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9804 } 9805 9806 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9807 const Expr *Culprit; 9808 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9809 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9810 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9811 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9812 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9813 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9814 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9815 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9816 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9817 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9818 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9819 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9820 // initialization. 9821 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9822 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9823 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9824 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9825 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9826 } 9827 9828 } 9829 9830 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9831 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9832 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9833 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9834 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9835 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9836 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9837 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9838 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9839 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9840 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9841 } else { 9842 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9843 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9844 } 9845 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9846 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9847 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9848 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9849 } 9850 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9851 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9852 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9853 9854 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9855 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9856 // attribute. 9857 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9858 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9859 CurInitSegLoc)); 9860 } 9861 9862 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9863 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9864 9865 QualType type = var->getType(); 9866 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9867 9868 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9869 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9870 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9871 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9872 9873 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9874 // constructing this copy. 9875 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9876 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9877 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9878 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9879 ExprResult result 9880 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9881 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9882 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9883 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9884 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9885 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9886 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9887 } 9888 } 9889 } 9890 9891 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9892 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9893 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9894 9895 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9896 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9897 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9898 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9899 var->getLocation())) { 9900 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9901 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9902 // warned about them. 9903 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9904 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9905 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9906 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9907 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9908 } 9909 9910 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9911 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9912 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9913 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9914 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9915 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9916 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9917 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9918 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9919 Notes.clear(); 9920 } 9921 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9922 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9923 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9924 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9925 } 9926 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9927 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9928 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9929 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9930 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9931 } 9932 } 9933 9934 // Require the destructor. 9935 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9936 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9937 } 9938 9939 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9940 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9941 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9942 return true; 9943 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9944 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9945 return true; 9946 return false; 9947 } 9948 9949 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9950 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9951 void 9952 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9953 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9954 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9955 9956 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9957 if (!VD) 9958 return; 9959 9960 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9961 9962 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9963 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9964 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9965 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9966 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9967 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9968 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9969 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9970 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9971 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9972 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9973 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9974 } 9975 } 9976 } 9977 9978 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9979 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9980 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9981 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9982 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9983 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9984 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9985 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9986 } 9987 } 9988 } 9989 9990 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9991 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9992 9993 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9994 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9995 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9996 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9997 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9998 // with a warning. 9999 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 10000 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 10001 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 10002 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 10003 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10004 10005 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 10006 IsClassTemplateMember 10007 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 10008 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 10009 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10010 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 10011 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10012 } 10013 } 10014 10015 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 10016 // isn't exported with the variable. 10017 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 10018 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 10019 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 10020 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 10021 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 10022 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 10023 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 10024 } else { 10025 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 10026 << DLLAttr; 10027 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 10028 } 10029 } 10030 10031 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 10032 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 10033 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 10034 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 10035 } 10036 } 10037 10038 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 10039 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 10040 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 10041 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 10042 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 10043 10044 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 10045 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 10046 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 10047 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 10048 10049 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 10050 // tag values. 10051 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 10052 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 10053 return; 10054 10055 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 10056 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 10057 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 10058 continue; 10059 } 10060 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 10061 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 10062 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10063 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 10064 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10065 continue; 10066 } 10067 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 10068 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 10069 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 10070 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 10071 continue; 10072 } 10073 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 10074 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 10075 MagicValue, 10076 I->getMatchingCType(), 10077 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 10078 I->getMustBeNull()); 10079 } 10080 } 10081 10082 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 10083 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10084 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 10085 10086 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 10087 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 10088 10089 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 10090 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10091 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 10092 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 10093 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 10094 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 10095 Decls.push_back(D); 10096 } 10097 10098 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 10099 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10100 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10101 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 10102 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10103 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10104 } 10105 } 10106 10107 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10108 } 10109 10110 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10111 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10112 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10113 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10114 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10115 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10116 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10117 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10118 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10119 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10120 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10121 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10122 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10123 QualType Deduced; 10124 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10125 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10126 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10127 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10128 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10129 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10130 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10131 break; 10132 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10133 if (!U.isNull()) { 10134 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10135 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10136 Deduced = U; 10137 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10138 DeducedDecl = D; 10139 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10140 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10141 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10142 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10143 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10144 << U << D->getDeclName() 10145 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10146 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10147 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10148 break; 10149 } 10150 } 10151 } 10152 } 10153 } 10154 10155 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10156 10157 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10158 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10159 } 10160 10161 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10162 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10163 } 10164 10165 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10166 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10167 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10168 return; 10169 10170 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10171 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10172 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10173 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10174 return; 10175 10176 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10177 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10178 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10179 // additional declaration references: 10180 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10181 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10182 // 'struct S *pS;' 10183 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10184 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10185 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10186 Group = Group.slice(1); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 10190 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10191 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10192 if (!Comments.empty() && 10193 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10194 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10195 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10196 // 10197 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10198 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10199 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10200 // ahead through comments. 10201 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10202 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10203 } 10204 } 10205 10206 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10207 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10208 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10209 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10210 10211 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10212 10213 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10214 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10215 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10216 SC = SC_Register; 10217 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10218 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10219 SC = SC_Auto; 10220 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10221 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10222 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10223 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10224 } 10225 10226 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10227 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10228 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10229 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10230 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10231 << 0; 10232 10233 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10234 10235 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10236 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10237 10238 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10239 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10240 // parameter. 10241 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10242 10243 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10244 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10245 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10246 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10247 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10248 } 10249 } 10250 10251 // Ensure we have a valid name 10252 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10253 if (D.hasName()) { 10254 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10255 if (!II) { 10256 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10257 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10258 D.setInvalidType(true); 10259 } 10260 } 10261 10262 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10263 if (II) { 10264 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10265 ForRedeclaration); 10266 LookupName(R, S); 10267 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10268 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10269 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10270 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10271 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10272 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10273 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10274 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10275 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10276 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10277 10278 // Recover by removing the name 10279 II = nullptr; 10280 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10281 D.setInvalidType(true); 10282 } 10283 } 10284 } 10285 10286 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10287 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10288 // looking like class members in C++. 10289 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10290 D.getLocStart(), 10291 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10292 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10293 SC); 10294 10295 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10296 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10297 10298 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10299 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10300 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10301 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10302 10303 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10304 S->AddDecl(New); 10305 if (II) 10306 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10307 10308 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10309 10310 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10311 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10312 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10313 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10314 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10315 10316 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10317 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10318 } 10319 return New; 10320 } 10321 10322 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10323 /// typedef. 10324 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10325 SourceLocation Loc, 10326 QualType T) { 10327 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10328 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10329 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10330 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10331 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10332 SC_None, nullptr); 10333 Param->setImplicit(); 10334 return Param; 10335 } 10336 10337 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10338 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10339 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10340 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10341 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10342 return; 10343 10344 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10345 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10346 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10347 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10348 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10349 } 10350 } 10351 } 10352 10353 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10354 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10355 QualType ReturnTy, 10356 NamedDecl *D) { 10357 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10358 return; 10359 10360 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10361 // threshold. 10362 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10363 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10364 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10365 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10366 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10367 } 10368 10369 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10370 // threshold. 10371 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10372 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10373 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10374 continue; 10375 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10376 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10377 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10378 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10379 } 10380 } 10381 10382 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10383 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10384 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10385 StorageClass SC) { 10386 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10387 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10388 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10389 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10390 10391 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10392 10393 // Special cases for arrays: 10394 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10395 // - otherwise, it's an error 10396 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10397 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10398 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10399 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10400 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10401 } 10402 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10403 } else { 10404 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10405 } 10406 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10407 } 10408 10409 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10410 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10411 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10412 10413 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10414 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10415 // the class has been completely parsed. 10416 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10417 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10418 AbstractParamType)) 10419 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10420 10421 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10422 // passed by reference. 10423 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10424 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10425 Diag(NameLoc, 10426 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10427 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10428 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10429 New->setType(T); 10430 } 10431 10432 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10433 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10434 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10435 // an address space. 10436 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10437 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10438 // to be qualified with an address space. 10439 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10440 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10441 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10442 } 10443 } 10444 10445 return New; 10446 } 10447 10448 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10449 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10450 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10451 10452 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10453 // for a K&R function. 10454 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10455 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10456 --i; 10457 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10458 SmallString<256> Code; 10459 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10460 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10461 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10462 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10463 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10464 10465 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10466 // type. 10467 AttributeFactory attrs; 10468 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10469 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10470 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10471 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10472 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10473 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10474 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10475 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10476 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10477 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10478 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10479 } 10480 } 10481 } 10482 } 10483 10484 Decl * 10485 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 10486 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10487 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10488 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10489 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10490 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10491 10492 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10493 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 10494 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 10495 } 10496 10497 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10498 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10499 } 10500 10501 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10502 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10503 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10504 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10505 return false; 10506 10507 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10508 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10509 return false; 10510 10511 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10512 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10513 return false; 10514 10515 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10516 if (FD->isMain()) 10517 return false; 10518 10519 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10520 if (FD->isInlined()) 10521 return false; 10522 10523 // Don't warn about function templates. 10524 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10525 return false; 10526 10527 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10528 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10529 return false; 10530 10531 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10532 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10533 return false; 10534 10535 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10536 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10537 return false; 10538 10539 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10540 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10541 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10542 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10543 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10544 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10545 continue; 10546 10547 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10548 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10549 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10550 break; 10551 } 10552 10553 return MissingPrototype; 10554 } 10555 10556 void 10557 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10558 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 10559 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10560 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10561 // was an extern inline function. 10562 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10563 if (!Definition) 10564 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10565 return; 10566 10567 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10568 return; 10569 10570 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10571 // a template, skip the new definition. 10572 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10573 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10574 Definition->isInlined() || 10575 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10576 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 10577 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 10578 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10579 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD, FD->getLocation()); 10580 else 10581 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition), 10582 FD->getLocation()); 10583 return; 10584 } 10585 10586 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10587 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10588 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10589 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10590 else 10591 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10592 10593 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10594 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10595 } 10596 10597 10598 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10599 Sema &S) { 10600 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10601 10602 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10603 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10604 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10605 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10606 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10607 10608 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10609 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10610 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10611 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10612 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10613 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10614 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10615 10616 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10617 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10618 10619 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10620 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10621 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10622 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10623 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10624 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10625 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10626 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10627 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10628 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10629 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10630 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10631 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10632 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10633 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10634 10635 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10636 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10637 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10638 } else { 10639 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10640 } 10641 ++I; 10642 } 10643 } 10644 10645 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 10646 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 10647 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10648 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10649 10650 if (!D) 10651 return D; 10652 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10653 10654 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10655 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10656 else 10657 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10658 10659 // See if this is a redefinition. 10660 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 10661 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 10662 10663 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 10664 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 10665 return D; 10666 } 10667 10668 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10669 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10670 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10671 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10672 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10673 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10674 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10675 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10676 // have the LSI properly restored. 10677 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10678 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10679 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10680 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10681 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10682 } 10683 else 10684 // Enter a new function scope 10685 PushFunctionScope(); 10686 10687 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10688 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10689 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10690 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10691 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10692 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10693 } 10694 } 10695 10696 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10697 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10698 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10699 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10700 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10701 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10702 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10703 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10704 10705 if (FnBodyScope) 10706 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10707 10708 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10709 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10710 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10711 10712 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10713 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10714 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10715 10716 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10717 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10718 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10719 10720 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10721 } 10722 } 10723 10724 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10725 // introduce them into the function scope. 10726 if (FnBodyScope) { 10727 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10728 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10729 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10730 I != E; ++I) { 10731 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10732 10733 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10734 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10735 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10736 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10737 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10738 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10739 if (DI == D) { 10740 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10741 break; 10742 } 10743 } 10744 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10745 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10746 } 10747 10748 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10749 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10750 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10751 10752 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10753 // accessible in this scope. 10754 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10755 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10756 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10757 } 10758 } 10759 } 10760 10761 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10762 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10763 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10764 10765 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10766 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10767 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10768 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10769 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10770 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10771 return D; 10772 } 10773 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10774 // a function template). 10775 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10776 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10777 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10778 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10779 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10780 10781 return D; 10782 } 10783 10784 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10785 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10786 /// optimization. 10787 /// 10788 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10789 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10790 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10791 /// use the named return value optimization. 10792 /// 10793 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10794 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10795 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10796 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10797 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10798 10799 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10800 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10801 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10802 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10803 } 10804 } 10805 } 10806 10807 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10808 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10809 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10810 return false; 10811 10812 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10813 // return type (yet). 10814 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10815 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10816 // we can still delay parsing it. 10817 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10818 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10819 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10820 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10821 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10822 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10823 } 10824 } 10825 return false; 10826 } 10827 10828 return true; 10829 } 10830 10831 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10832 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10833 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10834 // rest of the file. 10835 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10836 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10837 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10838 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10839 return false; 10840 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10841 } 10842 10843 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10844 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10845 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10846 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10847 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10848 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10849 } 10850 10851 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10852 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10853 } 10854 10855 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10856 bool IsInstantiation) { 10857 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10858 10859 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10860 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10861 10862 if (FD) { 10863 FD->setBody(Body); 10864 10865 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10866 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10867 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10868 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10869 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10870 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10871 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10872 << FD->getReturnType(); 10873 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10874 } else { 10875 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10876 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10877 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10878 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10879 } 10880 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10881 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10882 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10883 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10884 10885 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10886 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10887 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10888 QualType RetType = 10889 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10890 10891 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10892 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10893 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10894 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10895 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10896 } 10897 } 10898 10899 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10900 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10901 // is the first declaration. 10902 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10903 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10904 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10905 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10906 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10907 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10908 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10909 } 10910 10911 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10912 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10913 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10914 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10915 10916 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10917 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10918 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10919 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10920 10921 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10922 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10923 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10924 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10925 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10926 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10927 10928 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10929 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10930 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10931 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10932 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10933 10934 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10935 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10936 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10937 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10938 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10939 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10940 } 10941 10942 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10943 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10944 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10945 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10946 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10947 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10948 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10949 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10950 10951 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10952 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10953 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10954 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10955 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10956 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10957 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10958 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10959 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10960 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10961 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10962 } 10963 } 10964 } 10965 10966 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10967 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10968 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10969 MD->isVirtual() && 10970 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10971 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10972 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10973 if (FD->isInlined() && 10974 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10975 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10976 10977 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10978 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10979 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10980 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10981 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10982 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10983 } else { 10984 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10985 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10986 } 10987 } 10988 } 10989 10990 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10991 "Function parsing confused"); 10992 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10993 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10994 MD->setBody(Body); 10995 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10996 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10997 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10998 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10999 11000 if (Body) 11001 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 11002 } 11003 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 11004 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 11005 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 11006 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 11007 } 11008 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 11009 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 11010 bool isDesignated = 11011 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 11012 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 11013 (void)isDesignated; 11014 11015 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 11016 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 11017 if (!IFace) 11018 return false; 11019 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 11020 if (!SuperD) 11021 return false; 11022 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 11023 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 11024 }; 11025 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 11026 // of NSObject. 11027 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 11028 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11029 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 11030 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 11031 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 11032 } 11033 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 11034 } 11035 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 11036 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 11037 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 11038 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 11039 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 11040 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 11041 } 11042 } else { 11043 return nullptr; 11044 } 11045 11046 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 11047 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 11048 "handled in the block above."); 11049 11050 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 11051 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 11052 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 11053 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 11054 // Verify this. 11055 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 11056 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 11057 11058 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 11059 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 11060 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 11061 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 11062 11063 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 11064 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 11065 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 11066 11067 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 11068 Destructor->getParent()); 11069 } 11070 11071 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11072 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11073 // deletion in some later function. 11074 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 11075 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 11076 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11077 } 11078 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 11079 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 11080 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 11081 // enabled. 11082 ActivePolicy = &WP; 11083 } 11084 11085 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 11086 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 11087 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 11088 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11089 11090 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 11091 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 11092 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 11093 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 11094 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 11095 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 11096 break; 11097 } 11098 } 11099 } 11100 11101 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 11102 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 11103 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 11104 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 11105 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 11106 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 11107 } 11108 11109 if (!IsInstantiation) 11110 PopDeclContext(); 11111 11112 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 11113 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 11114 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11115 // deletion in some later function. 11116 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11117 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11118 } 11119 11120 return dcl; 11121 } 11122 11123 11124 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11125 /// relevant Decl. 11126 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11127 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11128 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11129 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11130 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11131 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11132 11133 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11134 if (Method->isStatic()) 11135 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11136 } 11137 11138 11139 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11140 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11141 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11142 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11143 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11144 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11145 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11146 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11147 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11149 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11150 return ExternCPrev; 11151 } 11152 11153 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11154 unsigned diag_id; 11155 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11156 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11157 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11158 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11159 else 11160 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11161 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11162 11163 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11164 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11165 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11166 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11167 if (S && 11168 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11169 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11170 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11171 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11172 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11173 } 11174 11175 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11176 const char *Dummy; 11177 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11178 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11179 unsigned DiagID; 11180 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11181 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11182 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11183 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11184 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11185 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11186 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11187 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11188 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11189 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11190 /*NumParams=*/0, 11191 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11192 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11193 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11194 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11195 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11196 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11197 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11198 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11199 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11200 EST_None, 11201 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 11202 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11203 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11204 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11205 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11206 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11207 Loc, Loc, D), 11208 DS.getAttributes(), 11209 SourceLocation()); 11210 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11211 11212 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11213 11214 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11215 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11216 11217 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11218 FD->setImplicit(); 11219 11220 CurContext = PrevDC; 11221 11222 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11223 11224 return FD; 11225 } 11226 11227 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11228 /// the declaration of this function. 11229 /// 11230 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11231 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11232 /// like NSLog or printf. 11233 /// 11234 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11235 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11236 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11237 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11238 return; 11239 11240 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11241 // actual attributes. 11242 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11243 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11244 unsigned FormatIdx; 11245 bool HasVAListArg; 11246 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11247 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11248 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11249 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11250 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11251 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11252 fmt = "NSString"; 11253 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11254 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11255 FormatIdx+1, 11256 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11257 FD->getLocation())); 11258 } 11259 } 11260 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11261 HasVAListArg)) { 11262 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11263 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11264 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11265 FormatIdx+1, 11266 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11267 FD->getLocation())); 11268 } 11269 11270 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11271 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11272 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11273 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11274 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11275 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11276 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11277 } 11278 11279 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11280 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11281 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11282 FD->getLocation())); 11283 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11284 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11285 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11286 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11287 } 11288 11289 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11290 if (!Name) 11291 return; 11292 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11293 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11294 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11295 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11296 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11297 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11298 // about. 11299 } else 11300 return; 11301 11302 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11303 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11304 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11305 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11306 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11307 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11308 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11309 FD->getLocation())); 11310 } 11311 11312 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11313 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11314 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11315 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11316 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11317 FD->getLocation())); 11318 } 11319 } 11320 11321 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11322 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11323 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11324 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11325 11326 if (!TInfo) { 11327 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11328 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11329 } 11330 11331 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11332 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11333 D.getLocStart(), 11334 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11335 D.getIdentifier(), 11336 TInfo); 11337 11338 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11339 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11340 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11341 return NewTD; 11342 } 11343 11344 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11345 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11346 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11347 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11348 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11349 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11350 else 11351 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11352 } 11353 11354 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11355 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11356 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11357 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11358 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11359 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11360 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11361 case TST_enum: 11362 case TST_struct: 11363 case TST_interface: 11364 case TST_union: 11365 case TST_class: { 11366 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11367 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11368 break; 11369 } 11370 11371 default: 11372 break; 11373 } 11374 11375 return NewTD; 11376 } 11377 11378 11379 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11380 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11381 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11382 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11383 11384 if (T->isDependentType()) 11385 return false; 11386 11387 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11388 if (BT->isInteger()) 11389 return false; 11390 11391 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11392 return true; 11393 } 11394 11395 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11396 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11397 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11398 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11399 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11400 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11401 11402 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11403 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11404 << Prev->isScoped(); 11405 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11406 return true; 11407 } 11408 11409 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11410 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11411 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11412 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11413 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11414 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11415 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11416 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11417 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11418 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11419 return true; 11420 } 11421 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11422 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11423 << Prev->isFixed(); 11424 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11425 return true; 11426 } 11427 11428 return false; 11429 } 11430 11431 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11432 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11433 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11434 /// 11435 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11436 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11437 switch (Tag) { 11438 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11439 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11440 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11441 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11442 } 11443 } 11444 11445 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11446 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11447 /// 11448 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11449 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11450 { 11451 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11452 } 11453 11454 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11455 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11456 /// 11457 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11458 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11459 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11460 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11461 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11462 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11463 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11464 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11465 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11466 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11467 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11468 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11469 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11470 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11471 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11472 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11473 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11474 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11475 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11476 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11477 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11478 return true; 11479 11480 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11481 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11482 bool isTemplate = false; 11483 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11484 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11485 11486 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11487 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11488 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11489 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11490 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11491 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11492 return true; 11493 } 11494 11495 if (isDefinition) { 11496 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11497 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11498 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11499 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11500 return true; 11501 } 11502 11503 bool previousMismatch = false; 11504 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11505 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11506 if (!previousMismatch) { 11507 previousMismatch = true; 11508 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11509 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11510 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11511 } 11512 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11513 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11514 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11515 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11516 } 11517 } 11518 return true; 11519 } 11520 11521 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11522 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11523 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11524 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11525 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11526 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11527 return true; 11528 } 11529 11530 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11531 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11532 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11533 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11534 11535 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11536 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11537 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11538 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11539 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11540 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11541 } 11542 11543 return true; 11544 } 11545 return false; 11546 } 11547 11548 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11549 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11550 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11551 /// namespace N { 11552 /// struct X; 11553 /// namespace M { 11554 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11555 /// } 11556 /// } 11557 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11558 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11559 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11560 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11561 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11562 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11563 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11564 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11565 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11566 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11567 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11568 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11569 return FixItHint(); 11570 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11571 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11572 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11573 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11574 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11575 break; 11576 } 11577 11578 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11579 // build an NNS. 11580 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11581 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11582 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11583 OS << "::"; 11584 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11585 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11586 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11587 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11588 } 11589 11590 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11591 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11592 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11593 /// using-declaration). 11594 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11595 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11596 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11597 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11598 11599 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11600 return true; 11601 11602 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11603 // encloses the other). 11604 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11605 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11606 return true; 11607 11608 return false; 11609 } 11610 11611 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11612 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11613 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11614 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11615 /// 11616 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11617 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11618 /// 11619 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11620 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11621 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11622 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11623 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11624 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11625 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11626 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11627 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11628 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11629 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11630 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11631 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11632 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11633 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11634 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11635 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11636 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11637 11638 OwnedDecl = false; 11639 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11640 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11641 11642 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11643 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11644 bool Invalid = false; 11645 11646 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11647 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11648 // for non-C++ cases. 11649 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11650 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11651 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11652 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11653 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11654 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11655 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11656 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11657 return nullptr; 11658 } 11659 11660 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11661 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11662 // be a member of another template). 11663 11664 if (Invalid) 11665 return nullptr; 11666 11667 OwnedDecl = false; 11668 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11669 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11670 TemplateParams, AS, 11671 ModulePrivateLoc, 11672 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11673 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11674 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11675 SkipBody); 11676 return Result.get(); 11677 } else { 11678 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11679 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11680 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11681 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11682 } 11683 } 11684 } 11685 11686 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11687 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11688 // redeclaration. 11689 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11690 11691 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11692 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11693 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11694 // type, default to int. 11695 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11696 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11697 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11698 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11699 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11700 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11701 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11702 11703 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11704 // Recover by falling back to int. 11705 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11706 11707 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11708 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11709 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11710 11711 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11712 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11713 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11714 } 11715 11716 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11717 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11718 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11719 11720 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11721 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11722 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11723 11724 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11725 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11726 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11727 11728 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11729 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11730 Name = nullptr; 11731 goto CreateNewDecl; 11732 } 11733 11734 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11735 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11736 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11737 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11738 if (!DC) { 11739 IsDependent = true; 11740 return nullptr; 11741 } 11742 } else { 11743 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11744 if (!DC) { 11745 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11746 << SS.getRange(); 11747 return nullptr; 11748 } 11749 } 11750 11751 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11752 return nullptr; 11753 11754 SearchDC = DC; 11755 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11756 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11757 11758 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11759 return nullptr; 11760 11761 if (Previous.empty()) { 11762 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11763 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11764 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11765 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11766 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11767 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11768 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11769 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11770 IsDependent = true; 11771 return nullptr; 11772 } 11773 11774 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11775 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11776 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11777 Name = nullptr; 11778 Invalid = true; 11779 goto CreateNewDecl; 11780 } 11781 } else if (Name) { 11782 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11783 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11784 // name different from T: 11785 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11786 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11787 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11788 return nullptr; 11789 11790 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11791 // declaration or definition. 11792 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11793 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11794 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11795 LookupName(Previous, S); 11796 11797 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11798 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11799 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11800 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11801 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11802 while (F.hasNext()) { 11803 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11804 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11805 F.erase(); 11806 } 11807 F.done(); 11808 } 11809 11810 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11811 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11812 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11813 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11814 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11815 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11816 // 11817 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11818 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11819 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11820 // 11821 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11822 // semantic context? 11823 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11824 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11825 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11826 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11827 while (F.hasNext()) { 11828 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11829 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11830 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11831 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11832 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11833 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11834 else 11835 F.erase(); 11836 } 11837 } 11838 F.done(); 11839 11840 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11841 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11842 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11843 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11844 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11845 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11846 } 11847 } 11848 11849 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11850 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11851 return nullptr; 11852 11853 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11854 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11855 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11856 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11857 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11858 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11859 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11860 } 11861 } 11862 11863 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11864 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11865 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11866 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11867 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11868 Previous.clear(); 11869 } 11870 11871 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11872 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11873 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11874 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11875 11876 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11877 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11878 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11879 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11880 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11881 } 11882 } 11883 11884 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11885 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11886 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11887 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11888 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11889 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11890 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11891 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11892 11893 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11894 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11895 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11896 // 11897 // class-key identifier 11898 // 11899 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11900 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11901 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11902 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11903 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11904 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11905 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11906 // declaration. 11907 // 11908 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11909 // C structs and unions. 11910 // 11911 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11912 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11913 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11914 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11915 // 11916 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11917 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11918 // 11919 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11920 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11921 // lexical context, 11922 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11923 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11924 11925 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11926 while (S->isClassScope() || 11927 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11928 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11929 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11930 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11931 S = S->getParent(); 11932 } else { 11933 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11934 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11935 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11936 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11937 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11938 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11939 } 11940 11941 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11942 // diagnose some problems. 11943 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11944 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11945 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11946 } 11947 } 11948 11949 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11950 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11951 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11952 11953 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11954 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11955 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11956 11957 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11958 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11959 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11960 // in C++. 11961 // 11962 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11963 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11964 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11965 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11966 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11967 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11968 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11969 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11970 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11971 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11972 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11973 PrevDecl = Tag; 11974 Previous.clear(); 11975 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11976 Previous.resolveKind(); 11977 } 11978 } 11979 } 11980 } 11981 11982 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11983 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11984 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11985 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11986 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11987 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11988 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11989 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11990 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11991 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11992 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11993 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11994 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11995 << 0; 11996 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11997 Previous.clear(); 11998 goto CreateNewDecl; 11999 } 12000 } 12001 12002 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12003 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 12004 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 12005 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 12006 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 12007 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12008 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12009 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 12010 // struct or something similar. 12011 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 12012 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 12013 Name)) { 12014 bool SafeToContinue 12015 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 12016 Kind != TTK_Enum); 12017 if (SafeToContinue) 12018 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 12019 << Name 12020 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 12021 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 12022 else 12023 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 12024 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 12025 12026 if (SafeToContinue) 12027 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 12028 else { 12029 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 12030 Name = nullptr; 12031 Previous.clear(); 12032 Invalid = true; 12033 } 12034 } 12035 12036 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 12037 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 12038 12039 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 12040 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 12041 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12042 if (ScopedEnum) 12043 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 12044 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 12045 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 12046 return PrevTagDecl; 12047 } 12048 12049 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 12050 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12051 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 12052 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 12053 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 12054 12055 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 12056 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 12057 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 12058 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 12059 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 12060 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 12061 } 12062 12063 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 12064 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 12065 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 12066 // and then later defined. 12067 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 12068 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 12069 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 12070 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12071 } 12072 12073 if (!Invalid) { 12074 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 12075 // we have attributes. 12076 12077 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 12078 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 12079 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 12080 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 12081 if (!Attr && 12082 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 12083 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 12084 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 12085 return PrevTagDecl; 12086 12087 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 12088 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12089 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 12090 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 12091 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 12092 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 12093 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 12094 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 12095 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 12096 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12097 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12098 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12099 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 12100 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 12101 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 12102 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 12103 } 12104 12105 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 12106 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12107 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 12108 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 12109 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 12110 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 12111 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 12112 // use it in place of this one. 12113 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12114 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12115 return Def; 12116 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12117 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12118 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12119 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12120 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12121 else 12122 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12123 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12124 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12125 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12126 // references get the previous definition. 12127 Name = nullptr; 12128 Previous.clear(); 12129 Invalid = true; 12130 } 12131 } else { 12132 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12133 // about a nested redefinition. 12134 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12135 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12136 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12137 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12138 diag::note_previous_definition); 12139 Name = nullptr; 12140 Previous.clear(); 12141 Invalid = true; 12142 } 12143 } 12144 12145 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12146 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12147 } 12148 12149 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12150 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12151 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12152 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12153 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12154 AS = AS_none; 12155 } 12156 } 12157 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12158 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12159 12160 } else { 12161 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12162 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12163 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12164 // have distinct types. 12165 Previous.clear(); 12166 } 12167 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12168 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12169 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12170 12171 12172 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12173 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12174 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12175 } else { 12176 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12177 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12178 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12179 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12180 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12181 unsigned Kind = 0; 12182 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12183 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12184 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12185 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12186 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12187 Invalid = true; 12188 12189 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12190 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12191 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12192 // do nothing 12193 12194 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12195 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12196 unsigned Kind = 0; 12197 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12198 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12199 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12200 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12201 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12202 Invalid = true; 12203 12204 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12205 // case here. 12206 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12207 unsigned Kind = 0; 12208 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12209 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12210 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12211 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12212 Invalid = true; 12213 12214 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12215 } else { 12216 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12217 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12218 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12219 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12220 Name = nullptr; 12221 Invalid = true; 12222 } 12223 12224 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12225 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12226 Previous.clear(); 12227 } 12228 } 12229 12230 CreateNewDecl: 12231 12232 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12233 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12234 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12235 12236 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12237 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12238 // keyword. 12239 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12240 12241 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12242 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12243 // PrevDecl. 12244 TagDecl *New; 12245 12246 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12247 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12248 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12249 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12250 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12251 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12252 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12253 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12254 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12255 TagDecl *Def; 12256 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12257 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12258 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12259 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12260 } 12261 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12262 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12263 << New; 12264 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12265 } else { 12266 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12267 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12268 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12269 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12270 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12271 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12272 12273 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12274 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12275 // the declaration context. 12276 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12277 IsForwardReference = true; 12278 } 12279 } 12280 12281 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12282 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12283 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12284 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12285 else 12286 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12287 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12288 } 12289 12290 } else { 12291 // struct/union/class 12292 12293 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12294 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12295 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12296 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12297 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12298 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12299 12300 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12301 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12302 } else 12303 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12304 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12305 } 12306 12307 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12308 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12309 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12310 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12311 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12312 Invalid = true; 12313 } 12314 12315 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12316 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12317 if (SS.isSet()) { 12318 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12319 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12320 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12321 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12322 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12323 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12324 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12325 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12326 Invalid = true; 12327 12328 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12329 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12330 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 12331 } 12332 } 12333 else 12334 Invalid = true; 12335 } 12336 12337 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12338 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12339 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12340 // 12341 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12342 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12343 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12344 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12345 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12346 // parsing of the struct). 12347 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12348 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12349 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12350 } 12351 } 12352 12353 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12354 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12355 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12356 << 2 12357 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12358 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12359 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12360 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12361 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12362 New->setModulePrivate(); 12363 } 12364 12365 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12366 // check the specialization. 12367 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12368 Invalid = true; 12369 12370 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12371 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12372 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12373 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12374 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12375 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12376 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12377 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12378 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12379 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12380 << Name; 12381 Invalid = true; 12382 } 12383 } else { 12384 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12385 } 12386 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12387 } 12388 12389 if (Invalid) 12390 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12391 12392 if (Attr) 12393 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12394 12395 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12396 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12397 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12398 12399 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12400 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12401 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12402 // the tag name visible. 12403 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12404 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12405 12406 // Set the access specifier. 12407 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12408 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12409 12410 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12411 New->startDefinition(); 12412 12413 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12414 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12415 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12416 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12417 if (PrevDecl) 12418 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12419 12420 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12421 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12422 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12423 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12424 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12425 } else if (Name) { 12426 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12427 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12428 if (IsForwardReference) 12429 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12430 12431 } else { 12432 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12433 } 12434 12435 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12436 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12437 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12438 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12439 II->isStr("FILE")) 12440 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12441 12442 if (PrevDecl) 12443 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12444 12445 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12446 // record. 12447 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12448 12449 OwnedDecl = true; 12450 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12451 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12452 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12453 } 12454 12455 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12456 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12457 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12458 12459 // Enter the tag context. 12460 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12461 12462 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12463 12464 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12465 // record. 12466 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12467 } 12468 12469 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12470 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12471 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12472 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12473 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12474 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12475 CurContext = OCD; 12476 return IDecl; 12477 } 12478 12479 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12480 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12481 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12482 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12483 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12484 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12485 12486 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12487 12488 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12489 return; 12490 12491 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12492 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12493 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12494 12495 // C++ [class]p2: 12496 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12497 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12498 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12499 // as if it were a public member name. 12500 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12501 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12502 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12503 Record->getIdentifier(), 12504 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12505 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12506 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12507 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12508 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12509 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12510 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12511 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12512 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12513 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12514 } 12515 12516 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12517 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12518 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12519 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12520 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12521 12522 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12523 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12524 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12525 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12526 RD->completeDefinition(); 12527 } 12528 12529 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12530 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12531 12532 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12533 PopDeclContext(); 12534 12535 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12536 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12537 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12538 12539 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12540 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12541 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12542 } 12543 12544 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12545 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12546 PopDeclContext(); 12547 } 12548 12549 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12550 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12551 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12552 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12553 } 12554 12555 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12556 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12557 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12558 } 12559 12560 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12561 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12562 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12563 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12564 12565 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12566 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12567 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12568 RD->completeDefinition(); 12569 } 12570 12571 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12572 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12573 // the FieldCollector. 12574 12575 PopDeclContext(); 12576 } 12577 12578 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12579 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12580 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12581 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12582 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12583 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12584 if (ZeroWidth) 12585 *ZeroWidth = true; 12586 12587 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12588 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12589 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12590 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12591 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12592 return ExprError(); 12593 if (FieldName) 12594 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12595 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12596 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12597 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12598 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12599 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12600 return ExprError(); 12601 12602 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12603 // it now. 12604 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12605 return BitWidth; 12606 12607 llvm::APSInt Value; 12608 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12609 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12610 return ICE; 12611 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12612 12613 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12614 *ZeroWidth = false; 12615 12616 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12617 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12618 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12619 12620 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12621 if (FieldName) 12622 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12623 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12624 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12625 << Value.toString(10); 12626 } 12627 12628 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12629 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12630 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 12631 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 12632 12633 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 12634 // ABI. 12635 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 12636 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 12637 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 12638 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 12639 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 12640 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 12641 unsigned DiagWidth = 12642 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 12643 if (FieldName) 12644 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12645 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << DiagWidth; 12646 12647 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12648 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << DiagWidth; 12649 } 12650 12651 if (BitfieldIsOverwide) { 12652 if (FieldName) 12653 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12654 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12655 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12656 else 12657 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 12658 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 12659 } 12660 } 12661 12662 return BitWidth; 12663 } 12664 12665 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12666 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12667 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12668 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12669 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12670 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12671 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12672 return Res; 12673 } 12674 12675 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12676 /// 12677 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12678 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12679 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12680 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12681 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12682 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12683 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12684 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12685 12686 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12687 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12688 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12689 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12690 12691 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12692 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12693 D.setInvalidType(); 12694 T = Context.IntTy; 12695 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12696 } 12697 } 12698 12699 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12700 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12701 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12702 D.setInvalidType(); 12703 } 12704 12705 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12706 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12707 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12708 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12709 D.setInvalidType(); 12710 } 12711 12712 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12713 12714 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12715 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12716 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12717 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12718 12719 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12720 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12721 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12722 LookupName(Previous, S); 12723 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12724 case LookupResult::Found: 12725 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12726 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12727 break; 12728 12729 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12730 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12731 break; 12732 12733 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12734 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12735 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12736 break; 12737 } 12738 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12739 12740 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12741 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12742 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12743 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12744 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12745 } 12746 12747 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12748 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12749 12750 bool Mutable 12751 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12752 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12753 FieldDecl *NewFD 12754 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12755 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12756 12757 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12758 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12759 12760 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12761 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12762 12763 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12764 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12765 // with the same name in the same scope. 12766 } else if (II) { 12767 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12768 } else 12769 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12770 12771 return NewFD; 12772 } 12773 12774 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12775 /// 12776 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12777 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12778 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12779 /// created. 12780 /// 12781 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12782 /// 12783 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12784 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12785 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12786 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12787 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12788 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12789 SourceLocation TSSL, 12790 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12791 Declarator *D) { 12792 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12793 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12794 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12795 12796 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12797 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12798 if (T.isNull()) { 12799 InvalidDecl = true; 12800 T = Context.IntTy; 12801 } 12802 12803 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12804 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12805 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12806 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12807 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12808 InvalidDecl = true; 12809 } else { 12810 NamedDecl *Def; 12811 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12812 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12813 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12814 InvalidDecl = true; 12815 } 12816 } 12817 } 12818 12819 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12820 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12821 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12822 InvalidDecl = true; 12823 } 12824 12825 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12826 // than a variably modified type. 12827 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12828 bool SizeIsNegative; 12829 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12830 12831 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12832 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12833 SizeIsNegative, 12834 Oversized); 12835 if (FixedTInfo) { 12836 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12837 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12838 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12839 } else { 12840 if (SizeIsNegative) 12841 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12842 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12843 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12844 << Oversized.toString(10); 12845 else 12846 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12847 InvalidDecl = true; 12848 } 12849 } 12850 12851 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12852 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12853 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12854 AbstractFieldType)) 12855 InvalidDecl = true; 12856 12857 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12858 if (InvalidDecl) 12859 BitWidth = nullptr; 12860 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12861 if (BitWidth) { 12862 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12863 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12864 if (!BitWidth) { 12865 InvalidDecl = true; 12866 BitWidth = nullptr; 12867 ZeroWidth = false; 12868 } 12869 } 12870 12871 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12872 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12873 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12874 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12875 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12876 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12877 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12878 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12879 12880 if (DiagID) { 12881 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12882 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12883 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12884 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12885 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12886 Mutable = false; 12887 InvalidDecl = true; 12888 } 12889 } 12890 } 12891 12892 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12893 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12894 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12895 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12896 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12897 12898 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12899 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12900 if (InvalidDecl) 12901 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12902 12903 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12904 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12905 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12906 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12907 } 12908 12909 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12910 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12911 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12912 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12913 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12914 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12915 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12916 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12917 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12918 // objects. 12919 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12920 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12921 } 12922 } 12923 12924 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12925 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12926 // enabled. 12927 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12928 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12929 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12930 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12931 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12932 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12933 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12934 } 12935 } 12936 } 12937 12938 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12939 // representation, not a parser representation. 12940 if (D) { 12941 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12942 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12943 12944 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12945 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12946 } 12947 12948 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12949 // retainable type. 12950 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12952 12953 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12954 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12955 12956 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12957 return NewFD; 12958 } 12959 12960 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12961 assert(FD); 12962 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12963 12964 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12965 return false; 12966 12967 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12968 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12969 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12970 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12971 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12972 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12973 // copy constructors. 12974 12975 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12976 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12977 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12978 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12979 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12980 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12981 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12982 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12983 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12984 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12985 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12986 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12987 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12988 member = CXXDestructor; 12989 12990 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12991 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12992 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12993 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12994 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12995 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12996 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12997 // members unavailable. 12998 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12999 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 13000 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 13001 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13002 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13003 Loc)); 13004 return false; 13005 } 13006 } 13007 13008 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 13009 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 13010 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 13011 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 13012 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 13013 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 13014 } 13015 } 13016 } 13017 13018 return false; 13019 } 13020 13021 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 13022 /// AST enum value. 13023 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 13024 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 13025 switch (ivarVisibility) { 13026 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 13027 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 13028 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 13029 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 13030 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 13031 } 13032 } 13033 13034 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 13035 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 13036 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 13037 SourceLocation DeclStart, 13038 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 13039 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 13040 13041 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13042 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 13043 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 13044 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 13045 13046 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 13047 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 13048 13049 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13050 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 13051 13052 if (BitWidth) { 13053 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 13054 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 13055 if (!BitWidth) 13056 D.setInvalidType(); 13057 } else { 13058 // Not a bitfield. 13059 13060 // validate II. 13061 13062 } 13063 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 13064 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 13065 D.setInvalidType(); 13066 } 13067 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 13068 // than a variably modified type. 13069 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 13070 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 13071 D.setInvalidType(); 13072 } 13073 13074 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 13075 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 13076 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 13077 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 13078 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 13079 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 13080 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 13081 return nullptr; 13082 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 13083 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13084 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13085 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 13086 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 13087 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 13088 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 13089 } 13090 else 13091 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13092 } else { 13093 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13094 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13095 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 13096 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 13097 return nullptr; 13098 } 13099 } 13100 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 13101 } 13102 13103 // Construct the decl. 13104 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 13105 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 13106 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 13107 13108 if (II) { 13109 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 13110 ForRedeclaration); 13111 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 13112 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 13113 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 13114 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13115 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13116 } 13117 } 13118 13119 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 13120 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 13121 13122 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13123 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13124 13125 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13126 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13127 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13128 13129 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13130 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13131 13132 if (II) { 13133 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13134 // these to the interface. 13135 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13136 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13137 } 13138 13139 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13140 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13141 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13142 13143 return NewID; 13144 } 13145 13146 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13147 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13148 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13149 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13150 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13151 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13152 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13153 return; 13154 13155 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13156 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13157 13158 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13159 return; 13160 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13161 if (!ID) { 13162 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13163 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13164 return; 13165 } 13166 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13167 else 13168 return; 13169 } 13170 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13171 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13172 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13173 13174 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13175 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13176 Context.CharTy, 13177 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13178 DeclLoc), 13179 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13180 true); 13181 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13182 } 13183 13184 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13185 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13186 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13187 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13188 13189 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13190 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13191 // it will now change. 13192 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13193 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13194 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13195 default: break; 13196 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13197 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13198 break; 13199 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13200 Context. 13201 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13202 break; 13203 } 13204 } 13205 13206 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13207 13208 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13209 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13210 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13211 if (Record) { 13212 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13213 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13214 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13215 ++NumNamedMembers; 13216 } 13217 } 13218 13219 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13220 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13221 13222 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13223 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13224 i != end; ++i) { 13225 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13226 13227 // Get the type for the field. 13228 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13229 13230 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13231 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13232 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13233 } 13234 13235 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13236 // diagnostics about it. 13237 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13238 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13239 continue; 13240 } 13241 13242 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13243 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13244 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13245 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13246 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13247 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13248 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13249 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13250 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13251 // array. 13252 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13253 // Field declared as a function. 13254 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13255 << FD->getDeclName(); 13256 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13257 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13258 continue; 13259 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13260 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13261 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13262 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13263 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13264 // Flexible array member. 13265 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13266 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13267 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13268 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13269 if (Record->isUnion()) 13270 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13271 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13272 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13273 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13274 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13275 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13276 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13277 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13278 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13279 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13280 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13281 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13282 : 0; 13283 13284 if (DiagID) 13285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13286 << Record->getTagKind(); 13287 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13288 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13289 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13290 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13291 // of the type. 13292 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13293 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13294 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13295 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13296 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13297 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13298 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13299 13300 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13301 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13302 // 13303 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13304 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13305 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13306 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13307 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13308 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13309 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13310 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13311 continue; 13312 } 13313 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13314 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13315 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13316 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13317 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13318 // Incomplete type 13319 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13320 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13321 continue; 13322 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13323 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13324 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13325 // flexible array member. 13326 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13327 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13328 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13329 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13330 // structures. 13331 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13332 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13333 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13334 else { 13335 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13336 // other structs as an extension. 13337 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13338 << FD->getDeclName(); 13339 } 13340 } 13341 } 13342 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13343 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13344 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13345 AbstractIvarType)) { 13346 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13347 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13348 } 13349 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13350 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13351 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13352 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13353 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13354 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13355 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13356 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13357 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13358 FD->setType(T); 13359 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13360 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13361 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13362 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13363 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13364 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13365 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13366 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13367 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13368 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13369 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13370 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13371 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13372 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13373 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13374 loc)); 13375 } 13376 } else { 13377 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13378 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13379 } 13380 ARCErrReported = true; 13381 } 13382 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13383 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13384 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13385 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13386 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13387 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13388 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13389 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13390 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13391 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13392 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13393 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13394 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13395 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13396 } 13397 } 13398 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13399 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13400 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13401 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13402 ++NumNamedMembers; 13403 } 13404 13405 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13406 if (Record) { 13407 bool Completed = false; 13408 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13409 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13410 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13411 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13412 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13413 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13414 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13415 13416 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13417 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13418 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13419 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13420 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13421 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13422 } 13423 13424 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13425 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13426 13427 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13428 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13429 // problem now. 13430 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13431 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13432 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13433 13434 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13435 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13436 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13437 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13438 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13439 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13440 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13441 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13442 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13443 continue; 13444 13445 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13446 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13447 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13448 // program is ill-formed. 13449 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13450 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13451 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13452 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13453 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13454 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13455 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13456 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13457 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13458 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13459 13460 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13461 } 13462 } 13463 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13464 Completed = true; 13465 } 13466 } 13467 } 13468 } 13469 13470 if (!Completed) 13471 Record->completeDefinition(); 13472 13473 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13474 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13475 13476 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13477 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13478 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13479 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13480 } 13481 13482 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13483 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13484 // compatibility problems. 13485 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13486 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13487 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13488 } else { 13489 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13490 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13491 CheckForZeroSize = 13492 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13493 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13494 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13495 } 13496 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13497 bool ZeroSize = true; 13498 bool IsEmpty = true; 13499 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13500 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13501 E = Record->field_end(); 13502 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13503 IsEmpty = false; 13504 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13505 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13506 ZeroSize = false; 13507 } else { 13508 ++NonBitFields; 13509 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13510 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13511 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13512 ZeroSize = false; 13513 } 13514 } 13515 13516 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13517 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13518 // extern "C" block. 13519 if (ZeroSize) { 13520 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13521 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13522 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13523 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13524 } 13525 13526 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13527 // but are accepted by GCC. 13528 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13529 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13530 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13531 << Record->isUnion(); 13532 } 13533 } 13534 } else { 13535 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13536 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13537 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13538 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13539 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13540 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13541 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13542 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13543 } 13544 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13545 // duplicates. 13546 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13547 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13548 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13549 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13550 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13551 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13552 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13553 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13554 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13555 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13556 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13557 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13558 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13559 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13560 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13561 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13562 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13563 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13564 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13565 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13566 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13567 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13568 if (IDecl) { 13569 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13570 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13571 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13572 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13573 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13574 continue; 13575 } 13576 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13577 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13578 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13579 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13580 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13581 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13582 continue; 13583 } 13584 } 13585 } 13586 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13587 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13588 } 13589 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13590 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13591 } 13592 } 13593 13594 if (Attr) 13595 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13596 } 13597 13598 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13599 /// the given type T. 13600 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13601 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13602 QualType T) { 13603 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13604 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13605 13606 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13607 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13608 --BitWidth; 13609 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13610 } 13611 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13612 } 13613 13614 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13615 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13616 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13617 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13618 // enum checking below. 13619 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13620 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13621 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13622 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13623 }; 13624 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13625 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13626 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13627 }; 13628 13629 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13630 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13631 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13632 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13633 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13634 return Types[I]; 13635 13636 return QualType(); 13637 } 13638 13639 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13640 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13641 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13642 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13643 Expr *Val) { 13644 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13645 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13646 QualType EltTy; 13647 13648 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13649 Val = nullptr; 13650 13651 if (Val) 13652 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13653 13654 if (Val) { 13655 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13656 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13657 else { 13658 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13659 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13660 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13661 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13662 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13663 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13664 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13665 ExprResult Converted = 13666 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13667 CCEK_Enumerator); 13668 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13669 Val = nullptr; 13670 else 13671 Val = Converted.get(); 13672 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13673 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13674 &EnumVal).get())) { 13675 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13676 } else { 13677 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13678 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13679 13680 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13681 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13682 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13683 // expression checking. 13684 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13685 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13686 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13687 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13688 } else 13689 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13690 } else 13691 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13692 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13693 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13694 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13695 // is the type of its initializing value: 13696 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13697 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13698 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13699 } else { 13700 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13701 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13702 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13703 // representable as an int. 13704 13705 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13706 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13707 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13708 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13709 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13710 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13711 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13712 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13713 } 13714 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13715 } 13716 } 13717 } 13718 } 13719 13720 if (!Val) { 13721 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13722 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13723 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13724 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13725 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13726 // is the type of its initializing value: 13727 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13728 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13729 // 13730 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13731 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13732 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13733 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13734 } 13735 else { 13736 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13737 } 13738 } else { 13739 // Assign the last value + 1. 13740 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13741 ++EnumVal; 13742 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13743 13744 // Check for overflow on increment. 13745 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13746 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13747 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13748 // is the type of its initializing value: 13749 // 13750 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13751 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13752 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13753 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13754 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13755 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13756 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13757 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13758 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13759 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13760 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13761 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13762 ++EnumVal; 13763 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13764 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13765 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13766 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13767 << EltTy; 13768 else 13769 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13770 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13771 } else { 13772 EltTy = T; 13773 } 13774 13775 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13776 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13777 // value, then increment. 13778 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13779 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13780 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13781 ++EnumVal; 13782 13783 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13784 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13785 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13786 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13787 // integral type. 13788 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13789 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13790 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13791 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13792 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13793 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13794 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13795 } 13796 } 13797 } 13798 13799 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13800 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13801 // enumerator's type. 13802 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13803 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13804 } 13805 13806 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13807 Val, EnumVal); 13808 } 13809 13810 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13811 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13812 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13813 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13814 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13815 13816 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13817 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13818 // skip the body. 13819 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13820 ForRedeclaration); 13821 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13822 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13823 if (PrevECD && 13824 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13825 &Hidden)) { 13826 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13827 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13828 return Skip; 13829 } 13830 13831 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13832 } 13833 13834 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13835 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13836 AttributeList *Attr, 13837 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13838 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13839 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13840 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13841 13842 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13843 // we find one that is. 13844 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13845 13846 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13847 // scope. 13848 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13849 ForRedeclaration); 13850 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13851 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13852 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13853 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13854 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13855 } 13856 13857 if (PrevDecl) { 13858 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13859 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13860 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13861 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13862 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13863 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13864 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13865 else 13866 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13867 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13868 return nullptr; 13869 } 13870 } 13871 13872 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13873 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13874 // different from T: 13875 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13876 // enumerated type 13877 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13878 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13879 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13880 13881 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13882 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13883 13884 if (New) { 13885 // Process attributes. 13886 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13887 13888 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13889 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13890 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13891 } 13892 13893 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13894 13895 return New; 13896 } 13897 13898 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13899 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13900 // Element2 = Element1 13901 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13902 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13903 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13904 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13905 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13906 if (!InitExpr) 13907 return true; 13908 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13909 13910 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13911 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13912 return true; 13913 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13914 if (!IL) 13915 return true; 13916 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13917 return true; 13918 13919 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13920 } 13921 13922 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13923 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13924 if (!DRE) 13925 return true; 13926 13927 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13928 if (!EnumConstant) 13929 return true; 13930 13931 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13932 Enum) 13933 return true; 13934 13935 return false; 13936 } 13937 13938 struct DupKey { 13939 int64_t val; 13940 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13941 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13942 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13943 }; 13944 13945 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13946 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13947 false); 13948 } 13949 13950 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13951 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13952 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13953 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13954 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13955 } 13956 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13957 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13958 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13959 } 13960 }; 13961 13962 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13963 // a previous element has already been set to. 13964 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13965 EnumDecl *Enum, 13966 QualType EnumType) { 13967 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13968 return; 13969 // Avoid anonymous enums 13970 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13971 return; 13972 13973 // Only check for small enums. 13974 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13975 return; 13976 13977 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13978 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13979 13980 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13981 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13982 ValueToVectorMap; 13983 13984 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13985 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13986 13987 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13988 // an initialier. 13989 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13990 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13991 13992 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13993 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13994 if (!ECD) { 13995 return; 13996 } 13997 13998 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13999 continue; 14000 14001 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14002 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14003 14004 // First time encountering this value. 14005 if (Entry.isNull()) 14006 Entry = ECD; 14007 } 14008 14009 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 14010 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14011 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14012 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 14013 continue; 14014 14015 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 14016 14017 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 14018 if (Entry.isNull()) 14019 continue; 14020 14021 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 14022 // Ensure constants are different. 14023 if (D == ECD) 14024 continue; 14025 14026 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 14027 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 14028 Vec->push_back(D); 14029 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14030 14031 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 14032 Entry = Vec; 14033 14034 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 14035 // diagnostics. 14036 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 14037 continue; 14038 } 14039 14040 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 14041 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 14042 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 14043 continue; 14044 14045 Vec->push_back(ECD); 14046 } 14047 14048 // Emit diagnostics. 14049 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 14050 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 14051 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 14052 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 14053 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 14054 14055 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 14056 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 14057 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 14058 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14059 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14060 ++I; 14061 14062 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 14063 // the same value. 14064 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 14065 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 14066 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 14067 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 14068 delete Vec; 14069 } 14070 } 14071 14072 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 14073 bool AllowMask) const { 14074 assert(ED->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>() && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 14075 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 14076 14077 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 14078 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 14079 14080 if (R.second) { 14081 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 14082 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 14083 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 14084 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 14085 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 14086 } 14087 } 14088 14089 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 14090 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 14091 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 14092 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 14093 // 14094 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 14095 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 14096 // likely a logic error. 14097 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 14098 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 14099 } 14100 14101 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 14102 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 14103 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 14104 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 14105 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 14106 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 14107 14108 if (Attr) 14109 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14110 14111 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14112 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14113 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14114 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14115 if (!ECD) continue; 14116 14117 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14118 } 14119 14120 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14121 return; 14122 } 14123 14124 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14125 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14126 // emit a warning. 14127 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14128 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14129 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14130 14131 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14132 // reverse the list. 14133 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14134 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14135 14136 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14137 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14138 14139 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14140 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14141 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14142 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14143 14144 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14145 14146 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14147 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14148 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14149 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14150 else 14151 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14152 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14153 14154 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14155 if (AllElementsInt) 14156 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14157 } 14158 14159 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14160 QualType BestType; 14161 unsigned BestWidth; 14162 14163 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14164 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14165 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14166 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14167 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14168 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14169 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14170 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14171 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14172 QualType BestPromotionType; 14173 14174 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14175 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14176 // enum definitions. 14177 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14178 Packed = true; 14179 14180 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14181 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14182 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14183 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14184 else 14185 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14186 14187 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14188 } 14189 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14190 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14191 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14192 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14193 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14194 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14195 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14196 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14197 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14198 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14199 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14200 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14201 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14202 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14203 } else { 14204 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14205 14206 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14207 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14208 } else { 14209 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14210 14211 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14212 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14213 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14214 } 14215 } 14216 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14217 } else { 14218 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14219 // all of the enumerator values. 14220 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14221 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14222 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14223 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14224 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14225 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14226 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14227 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14228 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14229 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14230 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14231 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14232 BestPromotionType 14233 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14234 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14235 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14236 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14237 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14238 BestPromotionType 14239 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14240 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14241 } else { 14242 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14243 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14244 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14245 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14246 BestPromotionType 14247 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14248 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14249 } 14250 } 14251 14252 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14253 // the type of the enum if needed. 14254 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14255 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14256 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14257 14258 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14259 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14260 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14261 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14262 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14263 14264 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14265 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14266 14267 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14268 // the enum decl type. 14269 QualType NewTy; 14270 unsigned NewWidth; 14271 bool NewSign; 14272 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14273 !Enum->isFixed() && 14274 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14275 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14276 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14277 NewSign = true; 14278 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14279 // Already the right type! 14280 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14281 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14282 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14283 // enumeration. 14284 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14285 continue; 14286 } else { 14287 NewTy = BestType; 14288 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14289 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14290 } 14291 14292 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14293 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14294 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14295 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14296 14297 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14298 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14299 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14300 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14301 CK_IntegralCast, 14302 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14303 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14304 VK_RValue)); 14305 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14306 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14307 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14308 // enumeration. 14309 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14310 else 14311 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14312 } 14313 14314 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14315 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14316 14317 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14318 14319 if (Enum->hasAttr<FlagEnumAttr>()) { 14320 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14321 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14322 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14323 14324 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14325 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 14326 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14327 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14328 << ECD << Enum; 14329 } 14330 } 14331 14332 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14333 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14334 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14335 } 14336 14337 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14338 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14339 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14340 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14341 14342 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14343 AsmString, StartLoc, 14344 EndLoc); 14345 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14346 return New; 14347 } 14348 14349 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14350 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14351 DeclContext *DC) { 14352 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14353 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14354 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14355 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14356 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14357 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14358 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14359 return; 14360 } 14361 break; 14362 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14363 break; 14364 } 14365 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14366 } 14367 14368 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14369 DC = DC->getParent(); 14370 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14371 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level_fatal) 14372 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14373 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14374 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) << DC; 14375 } 14376 } 14377 14378 void Sema::diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc) { 14379 return checkModuleImportContext(*this, M, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14380 } 14381 14382 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14383 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14384 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14385 Module *Mod = 14386 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14387 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14388 if (!Mod) 14389 return true; 14390 14391 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14392 14393 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14394 14395 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14396 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14397 // silently ignoring the import. 14398 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14399 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14400 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14401 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14402 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14403 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14404 14405 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14406 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14407 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14408 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14409 // We need the length to be consistent. 14410 if (!ModCheck) 14411 break; 14412 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14413 14414 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14415 } 14416 14417 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14418 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14419 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14420 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14421 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14422 return Import; 14423 } 14424 14425 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14426 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14427 14428 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14429 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14430 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14431 // 14432 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14433 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14434 TUKind == TU_Module && 14435 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14436 14437 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14438 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14439 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14440 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14441 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14442 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14443 DirectiveLoc); 14444 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14445 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14446 } 14447 14448 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14449 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14450 } 14451 14452 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14453 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14454 14455 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14456 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14457 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14458 } 14459 14460 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14461 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14462 14463 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14464 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14465 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14466 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14467 } 14468 } 14469 14470 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14471 Module *Mod) { 14472 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14473 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14474 return; 14475 14476 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14477 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14478 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14479 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14480 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14481 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14482 14483 // Make the module visible. 14484 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14485 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14486 } 14487 14488 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14489 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14490 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14491 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14492 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14493 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14494 LookupOrdinaryName); 14495 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14496 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14497 14498 // If a declaration that: 14499 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14500 // 2) has external linkage 14501 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14502 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14503 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14504 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14505 else 14506 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14507 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14508 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14509 } else 14510 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14511 } 14512 14513 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14514 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14515 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14516 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14517 14518 if (PrevDecl) { 14519 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14520 } else { 14521 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14522 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14523 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14524 } 14525 } 14526 14527 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14528 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14529 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14530 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14531 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14532 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14533 LookupOrdinaryName); 14534 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14535 14536 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14537 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14538 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14539 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14540 } else { 14541 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14542 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14543 } 14544 } 14545 14546 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14547 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14548 } 14549 14550 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14551 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14552 if (!D) 14553 return AR_Available; 14554 14555 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14556 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14557 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14558 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14559 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14560 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14561 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14562 if (R != AR_Available) 14563 return R; 14564 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14565 } 14566 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14567 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14568 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14569 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14570 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14571 } 14572 // Recover from user error. 14573 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14574 } 14575